Sirius Ic10n News 2015

Siemens AG 2015
Industrial Controls
SIRIUS Product News Hannover Messe 2015
SIRIUS
Catalog
News
IC 10 N
Edition
April
2015
Siemens AG 2015
Related catalogs
Related
catalogs
Industrial Controls
SIRIUS
Miscellaneous
IC 10
Products for Automation and Drives

Interactive Catalog, DVD
E86060-K1010-A101-A5-7600
E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and

LV 10
Electrical Installation Technology
SENTRON SIVACON ALPHA
Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
E86060-K8280-A101-A2-7600
Industry Mall
Information and Ordering Platform
in the Internet:
Safety Integrated
Safety Technology for
Factory Automation
SI 10
E86060-K7010-A101-A2-7600
Industrial Communication
SIMATIC NET
www.siemens.com/industrymall
Information and Download Center
Digital versions of the catalogs are available
in the Internet
www.siemens.com/sirius/catalogs
IK PI
Response E-mail
Please send your comments and suggestions
for improvement to
catalogs.industry@siemens.com
(include the catalog name in the subject field)
E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600
SIMATIC
Products for
Totally Integrated Automation
ST 70
E86060-K4670-A101-B4-7600
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors
Type series 1LE1, 1MB1 and 1PC1
Frame sizes 71 to 315
Power range 0.18 to 200 kW
CA 01
D 81.1
E86060-K5581-A111-A7-7600
SITRAIN
Training for Industry
ITC
Only available in German

E86060-K6850-A101-C4
Trademarks
Technical Assistance
All product designations may be registered trademarks or

product names of Siemens AG or other supplying companies.
Third parties using these trademarks or product names for their
own purposes may infringe upon the rights of the trademark
owners.
Expert technical assistance

for Industrial controls:
Tel.: +49 (911) 895-5900
Fax: +49 (911) 895-5907
Further information about industrial controls:

www.siemens.com/sirius
E-Mail: technicalassistance@siemens.com
Siemens AG 2015
Industrial Controls
SIRIUS
Introduction
Switching Devices
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
for Switching Motors
Switching Devices
Special Applications
Switching Devices
Contactor Relays and Relays
Catalog News IC 10 N 04/2015
Switching Devices
Soft Starters and Solid-State Switching Devices
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of this

catalog:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
Protection Equipment
Load Feeders and Motor Starters

for Use in the Control Cabinet
Motor Starters for Use in the Field,

High Degree of Protection
10
Monitoring and Control Devices
11
Safety Technology
12
Position and Safety Switches
13
Commanding and Signaling Devices
14
Parametrization, Configuration and

Visualization with SIRIUS
15
Products for Specific Requirements
16
Appendix
Please contact your local Siemens branch.

Siemens AG 2015
The products and systems described in

this catalog are manufactured/distributed
under application of a certified quality
management system in accordance
with EN ISO 9001
(for the Certified Registration Nos. see
www.siemens.com/system-certificates/cp).
The certificate is recognized by all IQNet
countries.
Siemens AG 2015
NEW
CM 4xIO-Link communication module

IO-Link master module for ET 200AL
SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design
SIRIUS 3RA2 load feeders

Size S2
Article No.: 6ES7147-5JD00-0BA0
Article No.: 3RQ30, 3RQ31
Article No.: 3RA2130, 3RA2150
Page 2/10
Page 5/3
Page 8/19
3UF7 motor management system

SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU
SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters

Single-range, multi-range, universal converters
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays

SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units
Article No.: 3UF7012-1A.00-0
Article No.: 3RS70
Article No.: 3SK2112, 3SK2122
Page 10/12
Page 10/20
Page 11/15
SIRIUS 3SE66, 3SE67 non-contact safety

switches, magnetically operated
Supplementary range in new design
SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) V13

Software for SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Article No.: 3SE66, 3SE67
Article No.: 3SU1
Article No.: 3ZS1322
Page 12/5
Page 13/4
Page 14/4
SIRIUS Safety ES
Software for 3SK2 and 3RK3
Article No.: 3ZS1316
Page 14/9
Siemens IC 10 N 04/2015
Siemens AG 2015
Price group
2/2
2/3
2/4
2/9
2/10
Introduction
IO-Link
Introduction
Communication overview
System components
IO-Link specification
Masters
- CM 4xIO-Link
Click on the Article No. in the

catalog PDF to access it in the
Industry Mall and get all related
information.
Article-No.
3RA1943-2C
3RA1943-2B
3RA1953-2B
3RA1953-2N
Or directly in the Internet, e. g.

www.siemens.com/
product?3RA1943-2C
PG 255
Siemens AG 2015
Introduction
Overview
Article No.
Page
IO-Link
IO-Link family
IO-Link is an open communication standard for sensors and actuators defined by the
Profibus User Organization (PNO).
2/3
Dynamic changing of sensor/actuator parameters directly by the PLC

Devices can be exchanged during operation, without a PC or programming device,
through re-parameterization using the user program by means of a function block (FB)
or parameter server
Fast commissioning thanks to central data storage
Consistent diagnostic information as far as the sensor/actuator level
Uniform and greatly reduced wiring of different sensors/actuators/controls
Your advantage: Fast commissioning and flexible maintenance thanks to central data
storage, less wiring work because no passive distributors are needed.
IO-Link: Masters
The IO-Link master modules form the heart of the IO-Link system.
IO-Link master as serial communication module with 4 ports (channels)
according to IO-Link specification V1.1
Easy device exchange with automatic data recovery without engineering
for IO-Link device
Up to four IO-Link devices can be connected to each IO-Link master module
Supports IO-Link port class B
CM 4xIO-Link
for ET 200AL
2/2
Data transmission rates COM1 (4.8 kBd), COM2 (38.4 kBd), COM3 (230.4 kBd),
automatic adjustment to the data transmission rate supported by the device
Your advantage: Easy connection of sensors and actuators to the I/Os directly in the
machine's field area.
6ES7
2/10
Siemens AG 2015
IO-Link
Introduction
Parameter and diagnostics data are transmitted in addition to

the cyclic operating data for the connected sensors/actuators.
The simple, unshielded three-wire cable customary for standard
sensors is used for this purpose.
IO-Link is an open communication standard for sensors and

actuators defined by the PROFIBUS User Organization (PNO).
IO-Link technology is based on the point-to-point connection of
sensors and actuators to the control system.
Laptop
Telecontrol and
substation
control
PC
Remote access,
e.g. via
teleservice
S7-1200 with
CP1242-7
Numeric Control
Controller
Controller
Control and
monitoring system
Motion Control
Systems
PC/PG/IPC
Database
Server
Telecontrol and
substation control
IWLAN
Controller
Security
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Access
Point
Controller
Controller
Notebook
PC/PG
Access
Point
Industrial Ethernet
Switches
IWLAN
RCoax Cable
Controller
Field device for
intrinsically safe area
Control and
monitoring system
PC/PG/IPC
Numeric
Control
Wireless
Devices
Coupler
Link
PROFIBUS
RF180C
ASM456
Field devices
Mobile
Panel
Field devices
RFID
system
Code
reading
systems
SIMOCODE
pro
Mobile
Panel
IO-Link
master
DP-Slave
Motion Control
Systems
Link
IO-Link
module
Compact
starter
Protection and
monitoring
devices
RFID
system
Controller
SINAMICS
Drives
RFID
system
Access
Point
Link
IO-Link
module
Power
supply
LOGO!
Code
reading
systems
Drives
RFID
system
Protection and
monitoring
devices
Compact
starter
Power
supply
Client
Module
AS-Interface
Compact
feeder
Slaves
Benefits
Compact
starter
Field device
Slaves
Signalling column
G_IK10_XX_30049
PROFIBUS PA
Application
Engineering
Standardized, open system for greater flexibility (non-Siemens
IO-Link devices can be integrated in engineering)
Uniform, transparent configuring and programming through
integrated engineering (SIMATIC STEP 7)
Unassigned SIMATIC function blocks for easy parameterization, diagnostics and read-out of measured values
Efficient engineering thanks to pre-integration into SIMATIC HMI
Low error rate in CAD circuit diagram design as a result of
reduced control current wiring
IO-Link can be used in the following main applications:

Easy connection of complex IO-Link sensors/actuators with a
large number of parameters and diagnostic data to the control
system
Replacement of sensor boxes for connecting binary sensors
with the IO-Link input modules optimized in terms of cabling
Optimized cable connection of switching devices to the control
system
Simple transmission of energy values from the device to the
control system for integration into a user program or power
management
Installation and commissioning

Faster assembly with minimized error rate as a result of reduced
control current wiring
Less space required in the control cabinet
Low-cost circuitry where there are several feeders by making
full use of existing components
In these cases, all the diagnostics data are transmitted to the

higher-level control system through IO-Link. The parameter
settings can be changed during operation. Central data storage
means that it is possible to exchange an IO-Link sensor/actuator
without a PC or programming device.
Operation and maintenance

High transparency in the system right down to field level and
integration into power management systems
Reduction in downtimes and maintenance times thanks to
system-wide diagnostics and faster fault correction
Support of predictive maintenance
Shorter changeover times, even for field devices,
by means of parameter and recipe management
Integration of the device configuration in the STEP 7 environment

guarantees:
Quick and easy engineering
Consistent data storage
Quick localization and rectification of faults
Integration in STEP 7
2/3
Overview
Siemens AG 2015
IO-Link
Introduction
System components
Overview
IO-Link product family
To implement communication, a system installation has the

following main components:
One IO-Link master

One or more IO-Link devices, such as sensors
(e.g. RFID systems), actuators or combinations thereof
A standard 3-wire sensor/actuator cable
Engineering and visualization

IO-Link
engineering:
SIMATIC
S7-PCT
Visualization:
SIMATIC HMI
WinCC
Switching cabinet installation
Field installation
Controller
S7-300/
S7-400
Controller
S7-1200
PROFINET
SIRIUS
3RA2 load feeders
with 3RA27
function modules
Actuators
Example of a configuration with the system components
2/4
SIRIUS
3RB24
overload
relays
SIRIUS
3RS14/
3RS15
relays
K20
IO-Link
module
SIRIUS
3RT2 contactor
with SIRIUS
3RR24 relay
RFID
system
RF200
RFID
system
RF200
Standard
sensors
IK10_30141c
SIRIUS
3RA6
compact
starters
SIRIUS
3UG48
relay
SIMATIC
ET 200eco PN
with IO-Link
master
ET 200SP (ET 200S)

with IO-Link master
IO-Link
Siemens AG 2015
IO-Link
Introduction
Compatibility of IO-Link
Analog signals
IO-Link guarantees compatibility between IO-Link-capable

modules and standard modules as follows:
IO-Link sensors can be operated both on IO-Link modules
(masters) and standard input modules.
IO-Link sensors/actuators as well as today's standard
sensors/actuators can be used on IO-Link masters.
If conventional components are used in the IO-Link system,
naturally only the standard functions are available in this case.
Another advantage of IO-Link technology is that analog signals

are digitized already in the IO-Link sensor itself and are digitally
transmitted by the IO-Link communication. As the result, faults
are prevented and there is no extra cost for cable shielding.
Overload relays
Load feeders and motor starters
A starter combination, for example, consists of one or more

SIRIUS 3RT contactors and one 3RB24 electronic overload relay
for IO-Link plus its 3RB29 current measuring module.
Through IO-Link it is possible to control not only sensors but also

actuators in the form of load feeders and motor starters.
IO-Link compatibility also permits connection of standard sensors/actuators, i.e. conventional sensors/actuators can also be
connected to IO-Link. This is particularly effective with the
IO-Link input modules, which allow several sensors to be connected at one time via a cable to the controller.
ET 200S/ET 200SP
with IO-Link master
Point-to-point
connection
through IO-Link
Direct-on-line starters can, therefore, as shown in the diagram,

be connected to the control system via IO-Link without much
wiring. Remote control of connected contactors, current value
transmission and immediate remote fault diagnosis are just
some examples of the large number of functions that can be
implemented with this device.
Classic
wiring
Sensor
box
K20
It is also possible to directly address a drive on-site via IO-Link

using the optional hand-held device.
Sensors
Programmable logic
controller (PLC)
SM 1278 4 x IO-Link master
CPU S7-1200
ET 200S/ET 200SP with

digital I/O modules
Actuators
Actuators
Sensors
NSA0_00489c
3RB24 overload relays with IO-Link are basically designed to

provide current-dependent protection for loads against inadmissibly high temperature rises due to overload, phase asymmetry
or phase failure.
Enhanced through IO-Link input modules
Possibilities for connecting load feeders and motor starters to IO-Link or

in the conventional way
Feeder
Grouping of motor starters

The SIRIUS controls allow four starters to be combined to form a
group.
IO-Link
3RB29
current
measuring
module
IC01_00295
SIRIUS 3RB24
solid-state overload relay
and 3RA69 manual control unit
3RV motor starter

protector
and 3RT contactor
Motor
Connecting an IO-Link-capable overload relay to a SIMATIC S7-1200

controller
Connection of a motor starter group made up of three

3RA64 direct-on-line starters and one 3RA65 reversing starter
In this way up to 16 starters can be operated on a single IO-Link

master. This leads to a reduction in the installation space and
control wiring required.
2/5
System components
Siemens AG 2015
IO-Link
Introduction
System components
Monitoring relays
By using monitoring relays with IO-Link it is now possible to send
data that has already been recorded and evaluated in the devices directly to the controller. This avoids the use of duplicated
sensors.
3
3UG46
monitoring
relay
1
3UG48
monitoring
relay
Feeder
IO-Link
master
PLC
1
Feeder
Analog
signal
converter
3UG46
monitoring
relay
3UG46
monitoring
relay
PLC
IO-Link
2
3UG48
monitoring
relay
3UG48
monitoring
relay
Current
transformers
IC01_00003
IC01_00004
Motor
Motor
1 Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data
transmission to PLC
2 Autonomous operation without PLC
3 Signaling of limit value violation to PLC
Possibilities for interfacing conventional 3UG46 monitoring relays

(in comparison with 3UG48)
2/6
1 Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data

transmission to PLC
2 Autonomous operation without PLC
Possibilities for interfacing 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link
Siemens AG 2015
IO-Link
Introduction
System components
Using an upstream IWLAN client module, such as
SCALANCE W722-1 RJ45, allows IO-Link to be be integrated
into the PROFINET world via a distributed I/O. Possible uses
include acting as an alternative to fault-prone cable carrier or
collector wire technology.
The individual diagnostics options offered by the various IO-Link

devices provide greater transparency for the production process. Just like the parameter data for a device, these diagnostics data can be evaluated remotely using the possibilities offered by SIMATIC. This supports remote maintenance down to
the lowest level in the field.
Pump station
Maintenance station
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
ET 200SP (ET 200S)
with IO-Link master
Industrial Ethernet
3RA6 Compact
starter
Control room
SIMATIC HMI
KTP 1500 Basic
SIMATIC
S7-300
IO-Link
Industrial Ethernet
IC01_00198b
SCALANCE
W786-1 RJ45
Access Point
Wireless communication between Industrial Ethernet and IO-Link components
2/7
Wireless communication
Siemens AG 2015
IO-Link
Introduction
System components
IO-Link components
IO-Link masters, software, cables
IO-Link devices (continued)
Masters
Detection with IO-Link
IO-Link master module for S7-1200
IO-Link RFID systems
SM 1278 4xIO-Link signal module
SIMATIC RF200 RFID system in the HF range
IO-Link master module for ET 200SP
SIMATIC RF210R, SIMATIC RF220R, SIMATIC RF260R

products
Simple identification tasks such as reading
an ID number (UID)
Reading of user data
Writing of user data
No RFID-specific programming, ideal for those new to
RFID
Simple connection via master modules for IO-Link,
such as SIMATIC ET 200S and ET 200eco PN
Use with the tried and tested ISO 15693 transponders
(MOBY D)

IO-Link master modules for ET 200S
4SI IO-Link electronic module
SIRIUS 4SI electronic module
IO-Link master module for ET 200eco PN
ET 200eco PN IO-Link master
CM 4xIO-Link
for ET 200AL
SIMATIC RF210R,
SIMATIC RF220R,
SIMATIC RF260R
(top)
See Catalog IC 10,

chapter 2 "Industrial Communication"
See Catalog ID 10 "Industrial Identification Systems"

see page 2/10
Contactors and contactor assemblies
STEP 7 PCT (Port Configuration Tool)
Power contactors for switching motors
Engineering software for configuring the IO-Link master

modules for S7-1200, ET 200SP, ET 200S, ET 200eco
PN and ET 200AL
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole
Available as a stand-alone version or integrated into

STEP 7 (V5.5 SP1 or later) and TIA (V12 or later)
Engineering of the IO-Link devices connected to the
master
Monitoring of the process image of the IO-Link devices
Open interface for importing further IODDs
Freely available to download from
Industry Online Support, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/en/en/view/32469496
STEP 7 PCT
ID
CAP
RD_WR
PORT
IOL_INDEX
IOL_SUBINDEX
DONE
BUSY
BOOL
BOOL
ERROR
STATUS
IOL_STATUS
BOOL
DWORD
DWORD
RD_LEN
LEN
RECORD_IOL_DATA
INT
IC01_00197
INT
ANY
REQ
IO-Link Call
function block
For direct-on-line starters, reversing starters and

wye-delta starters
See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 3 "Switching Devices
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies for Switching
Motors"
3RA64 direct-on-line starters

3RA65 reversing starters
Infeed system for 3RA6
See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 8 "Load Feeders and Motor
SIRIUS 3RA64
Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet"
direct-on-line starter
Contactors with IO-Link
Overload relays
STEP 7 function block for easy acyclical data exchange

in the user program
SIRIUS 3RB24 electronic overload relays for IO-Link
Freely available for download from

Industry Online Support see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/en/en/view/82981502
SIRIUS 3RB24
overload relay
Evaluation modules
Current measuring modules from 0.3 to 630 A
Controlling direct-on-line, reversing and wye-delta
starters via IO-Link in conjunction with contactors
Full motor protection
Diagnostics and current value transmission via IO-Link
See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 7 "Protection Equipment"
Monitoring with IO-Link
SIRIUS 3RR24 monitoring relays for IO-Link
Monitoring of current, phase failure, open circuit and
phase sequence
Designed for mounting on 3RT2 contactors
Freely available for download from

Industry Online Support see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/90529409
Cable
See Catalog IC 10,

Chapter 10 "Monitoring and Control Devices"
SIRIUS 3RR24
monitoring relay
3-wire standard cable
SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link
See for example Catalog ID 10 "Industrial Identification

Systems"
Monitoring network, voltage, current, power factor, residual current or speed, depending on device design
On/tripping delay time can be adjusted
Detection with IO-Link
See Catalog IC 10,

IO-Link devices
IO-Link input modules
K20 input module
SIRIUS 3UG48
monitoring relay
4 inputs, M12 connections

8 inputs, standard M8 connections
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 temperature monitoring relays

for IO-Link
See Catalog IC 10,

Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication"
Temperature monitoring with connected sensors

Two limit values, can be adjusted separately
See Catalog IC 10,
SIRIUS 3RS14
temperature
monitoring relay
2/8
SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters
This library contains the function blocks and UDTs

(User Defined Datatypes) for all IO-Link devices from
the Siemens portfolio. These elements are designed to
standardize and facilitate communication with IO-Link
devices.
K20 input module
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies

SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta
starting
Motor starters for use in the control cabinet
"Siemens IO-Link Devices" block library
"Siemens IO-Link
Devices" block
library
SIRIUS 3RA2711
function modules
for IO-Link
IO Device Description (IODD) files provide the device

description for IO-Link devices
IO-Link Call function block
IOL_CALL
BOOL
Contactor assemblies
IODD files
Comprehensive IODD catalog of SIEMENS IO-Link

devices
Freely available to download from
Industry Online Support; see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/#products?search=IODD&o=DefaultRankingDesc&lc=de-WW
DWORD
INT
BOOL
INT
INT
INT
Switching with IO-Link
Software
Siemens AG 2015
IO-Link
Introduction
IO-Link specification
Principles of the IO-Link specification
Device data
According to the IO-Link specification, communication functions

as follows:
Transmission takes place via an unshielded three-wire cable
no more than 20 m long, of the kind normally used for standard
sensors
Digital communication from 0 to 24 V on the so-called
C/Q cable
Most of the values transmitted are measured values from the
sensors
The sensors and actuators are described by the IO Device
Description (IODD)
One IO-Link device can be connected to each IO-Link port of
the master (point-to-point connection)
The transmission rates between IO-Link master and the
devices are as follows:
- via COM1: 4 800 Bd
- via COM2: 38 400 Bd
- via COM3: 230 400 Bd
The average cycle time is 2 ms for the reading/writing
of 16 data bits at a transmission rate of 38 400 Bd
Device data can be parameters, identification data and diagnostics information. They are exchanged acyclically and in response to an inquiry from the IO-Link master. Device data can be
written into the device (Write) and also read from the device
(Read).
IO-Link protocol
The IO-Link protocol supports both the Standard IO mode
(SIO) and the IO-Link communication mode (COM).
IO-Link device
1
2
C/Q
Data storage
As of Specification V1.1, a data storage concept has been
created for IO-Link. In this concept, the IO-Link device initiates
the storage of its data on a higher-level parameter server. In the
event that a device is replaced, the parameter server can restore
the original parameterization. It is therefore possible to replace
the devices without re-parameterization.
The IO-Link master is the interface to higher-level control systems. The IO-Link master presents itself as a normal fieldbus
node, and is integrated into the appropriate network configurator
via the relevant device description (e.g. GSD file).
COM
Serial,
bidirectional
communication
IO Device Description (IODD)
SIO / IO-Link
IC01_00176
Device parameters and events are sent independently of the

cyclic transmission of process data. Transmissions do not affect
or impair each other.
IO-Link master
L+
SIO
Standard IO
switching
operation
When an event occurs, the device sends a signal to the master

to report that an event is active. The master then reads out the
event. Events can be error messages (e.g. a short circuit) and
warnings/maintenance data (e.g. contamination, overheating).
Error messages are sent from the device to the PLC or HMI via
the IO-Link master. The IO-Link master is itself able to send
events and statuses. These include e.g. open circuits and
breaks in communication.
The IO-Link master contains the parameter server. The parameter server can also be implemented centrally in the PLC or in a
system server. In this case the data must be downloaded to the
control system by means of the function blocks provided.
Interface hardware:
Compatible with sensors according to IEC 60947-5-2 and actuators
Communication and switching possible alternately
IO-Link master
Events
The IO Device Description (IODD) has been defined to provide

a full, transparent description of system characteristics as far as
the IO-Link device.
In the IO-Link specification a distinction is made between the

following data types:
The IODD contains information on communication characteristics, device parameters, identification, process and diagnostics
data, and is supplied by the manufacturer. The design of the
IODD is the same for all devices from all manufacturers, and is
always presented in the same way by the IODD Interpreter Tools.
This therefore ensures that the handling is the same for all
IO-Link devices, whatever the manufacturer.
Process data
New in IO-Link specification V1.1
The process data of the devices are transferred cyclically in a

data frame, with the process data width defined by the device.
Process data of 0 to 32 bytes are possible per device (input and
output in each case). The consistency width of the transmission
is not fixed and therefore depends on the master.
The IO-Link specification is currently available in Version 1.1,

and standardized in accordance with IEC 61131-9.
The structure of the protocol and its message frames depends on the
types of data to be transmitted.
Data types
Value status
Each port has a value status (port qualifier). The value status
indicates whether the process data are valid or invalid. The value
status can be transferred cyclically with the process data.
Specification V1.1 offers the following new features compared

with the previous specification V1.0:
Transmission of up to 32 bytes of process data in a single
cycle
Parameter server function
2/9
Overview
Siemens AG 2015
IO-Link
Masters
IO-Link Master Module for ET 200AL
CM 4xIO-Link
Overview
CM 4xIO-Link communication module, 30 mm wide

Four IO-Link ports according to specification V1.1
Port type class B
The IO-Link parameters are configured by means of the Port
Configuration Tool (PCT) with version V3.2 and higher.
Application
The CM 4xIO-Link communication module supports data
exchange between up to four IO-Link devices.
IO-Link devices (e.g. sensors) with class A port are interconnected by means of a 3-wire cable. IO-Link devices that require
an additional supply voltage and have a class B port (e.g. actuators) are interconnected by means of a 5-wire cable.
Since IO-Link is compatible with standard sensors, commercially available sensors compliant with IEC 61131 Type 1 can
also be operated on the IO-Link master.
The 30 mm wide I/O modules are ideally suited for use in extremely confined spaces. They have adjustable parameters and
diagnostic functions and can therefore be flexibly adapted to individual process requirements.
Configuration
The I/O modules have a screw mounting hole at the front and
side, and can be mounted in any position. As a result, they are
extremely flexible to install on either a level surface or on aluminum mounting rails using sliding blocks.
The CM 4xIO-Link communication module is equipped with:
A backplane bus connection (Ethernet connection) with
M8 connection system for connection to an interface module
or other I/O modules
A power supply connection with M8 connection system with
loop-through
LED display for port status
LED display for channel status in SIO mode
LED display for module status (DIAG)
LED display for load voltage 2L+ (PWR)

Labeling plates for channel, module and slot identification
Integrated cable tie holder
Meaningful module inscription on front panel:
- Plain text marking of module type
- Interface marking
- LED label
Meaningful module inscription on side panel:
- Article number, function level and FW version
- 2D matrix code (Article No. and serial number)
- Pin assignments of all interfaces
Labeling plates for channel, module and slot identification
are supplied with the modules. These labeling plates can be
inscribed using commercially available inscription machines.
Function
IO-Link master according to IO-Link specification V1.1
Four ports, class B type
Supported data transmission rates
- COM1 (4.8 kBd)
- COM2 (38.4 kBd)
- COM3 (230.4 kBd)
Expansion limits
- Cable length: Max. 20 m
- Max. 32 bytes of input data and 32 bytes of output data
per port
- Max. 32 bytes of input data and 32 bytes of output data
per module
Automatic backup of device parameters when the IO-Link
device is exchanged (applies only to devices that support
IO-Link specification V1.1)
2/10
Reparameterization during ongoing operation

Standardized display and diagnostics concept:
- Port status display (port activated or deactivated, green
LED)
- Channel status display for signal state in SIO mode
(green LED)
- Module status display (DIAG, red/green LED)
- Display for monitoring the load voltage 2L+
(PWR, green LED)
Supported functions:
- Detailed module diagnostics and diagnostic interrupt
- Identification and maintenance data IM0 ... IM3
- Firmware update
- PROFIenergy
Siemens AG 2015
IO-Link
Masters
CM 4xIO-Link
Selection and ordering data

DT Article No.
Price
per PU
6ES7147-5JD00-0BA0
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1 unit
255
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Version
IO-Link master for SIMATIC ET 200AL

Corresponds to IO-Link specification V1.1
Dimensions (W H D / mm): 30 x 159 x 34
6ES7147-5JD00-0BA0
Accessories
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
Bus cable for backplane bus (Ethernet connection)

4-pole, shielded
6ES7194-2L...-0AA0
Pre-assembled at both ends, two M8 plugs

- Length 0.3 m
- Length 1 m
- Length 2 m
- Length 5 m
- Length 10 m
A
A
A
A
A
6ES7194-2LH03-0AA0
6ES7194-2LH10-0AA0
6ES7194-2LH20-0AA0
6ES7194-2LH50-0AA0
6ES7194-2LN10-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
255
255
255
255
255
6ES7194-2L...-0AB0
Pre-assembled at both ends, two angled M8 plugs

- Length 0.3 m
- Length 1 m
- Length 2 m
- Length 5 m
- Length 10 m
A
A
A
A
A
6ES7194-2LH03-0AB0
6ES7194-2LH10-0AB0
6ES7194-2LH20-0AB0
6ES7194-2LH50-0AB0
6ES7194-2LN10-0AB0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
255
255
255
255
255
Pre-assembled at one end, one M8 plug

- Length 2 m
- Length 5 m
- Length 10 m
A
A
A
6ES7194-2LH20-0AC0
6ES7194-2LH50-0AC0
6ES7194-2LN10-0AC0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
255
255
255
Pre-assembled at both ends, M8 plug and M8 socket

- Length 0.3 m
- Length 1 m
- Length 2 m
- Length 5 m
- Length 10 m
A
A
A
A
A
6ES7194-2LH03-1AA0
6ES7194-2LH10-1AA0
6ES7194-2LH20-1AA0
6ES7194-2LH50-1AA0
6ES7194-2LN10-1AA0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
255
255
255
255
255
Pre-assembled at both ends, angled M8 plug and angled

M8 socket
- Length 0.3 m
- Length 1 m
- Length 2 m
- Length 5 m
- Length 10 m
A
A
A
A
A
6ES7194-2LH03-1AB0
6ES7194-2LH10-1AB0
6ES7194-2LH20-1AB0
6ES7194-2LH50-1AB0
6ES7194-2LN10-1AB0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
255
255
255
255
255
Pre-assembled at one end, one M8 socket

- Length 2 m
- Length 5 m
- Length 10 m
A
A
A
6ES7194-2LH20-1AC0
6ES7194-2LH50-1AC0
6ES7194-2LN10-1AC0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
255
255
255
M8 plug for Ethernet connection
6ES7194-2AB00-0AA0
1 unit
255
6ES7194-2AA00-0AA0
1 unit
255
6ES7194-2KA00-0AA0
1 unit
255
6ES7194-2L..0-0AC0
M8 power cable
4-pole
6ES7194-2L...-1AA0
6ES7194-2L...-1AB0
6ES7194-2L..0-1AC0
4-pole, shielded
6ES7194-2AB00-0AA0
M8 power plug
Male contact insert, 4-pole
6ES7194-2AA00-0AA0
Ethernet connection FastConnect stripping tool

Stripping tool for stripping the Ethernet connection bus
cable
6ES7194-2KA00-0AA0
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Illustrations are approximate
2/11
Siemens AG 2015
IO-Link
Masters
CM 4xIO-Link
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1 unit
255
Labeling plates
10 x 5 mm, RAL 9016,
5 frames with 40 labels each
6ES7194-2BA00-0AA0
6ES7194-2BA00-0AA0
More information
Brochures
Industry Mall
More information see

http://www.siemens.com/simatic/printmaterial.
More information
see Industry Mall at "Automation Technology"
"Industrial Communication" "IO-Link" "Masters"
"IO-Link Master Module for ET 200AL".
2/12

Siemens AG 2015
Switching Devices Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Price group
PG 41B, 41H
5/3
5/7
5/8
5/9
5/10
Introduction
Coupling relays
SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays,
slim design
General data
Relay couplers
Relay couplers with plug-in design
Optocouplers with semiconductor
output
Accessories
Note:
Conversion tool,
e.g. from 3TX7 to 3RQ3, see
www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

information.
Article-No.
3RA1943-2C
3RA1943-2B
3RA1953-2B
3RA1953-2N

www.siemens.com/
product?3RA1943-2C
5/2
Siemens AG 2015
Switching Devices Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Introduction
Overview
The advantages at a glance
Type
3RQ3
Article No.
Page
- Output coupling links
3RQ301
5/7
- Input coupling links
3RQ303
5/7
3RQ311
5/8
3RQ305,
3RQ306
5/9
- Input coupling links
3RQ307
5/9
Coupling relays in slim design
Relay couplers,
(not plug-in)
Width 6.2 mm, 1 CO,

versions with hard gold-plated contacts optionally available
Relay couplers
with plug-in design
Width 6.2 mm, 1 CO,

versions with hard gold-plated contacts optionally available
Optocouplers
with semiconductor output
(not plug-in)
Width 6.2 mm, output 1 semiconductor, triac or transistor
Connection methods
The coupling links are available with screw or spring-type
terminals.
Screw terminals
Spring-type terminals (push-in)
The terminals are indicated in the corresponding tables
by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.
Push-in connection system with TOP wiring

Push-in connections are a form of spring-type terminals allowing
fast wiring without tools for rigid conductors or conductors
equipped with end sleeves.
As with other spring-type terminals, a screwdriver (with
3.0 x 0.5 mm blade) is required to disconnect the conductor.
The same tool can also be used to wire fine-stranded or
stranded conductors with no end finishing.
The advantages of the push-in terminals are found, as with all
spring-type terminals, in speed of assembly and disassembly
and vibration-proof connection. There is no need for the checking and tightening required with screw terminals.
With the TOP wiring method, the wire inlet and terminals can be
reached from the front. This helps to speed up the wiring process and eliminate wiring errors.
5/2
Siemens AG 2015
Coupling Relays
General data
Overview
Relay couplers
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947-5-1, DIN EN 60947-5-1
The input and output coupling links differ with regard to the
positioning of the terminals and the LEDs.
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947-1
The relay couplers are plug-in so that the relay can be replaced
quickly at the end of its service life without detaching the wiring.
Optocouplers with semiconductor outputs
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947-1, EN 60664-1 and EN 50005; optocouplers:
EN 60747-5; programmable controllers: IEC 61131-2
SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays
The input and output coupling links differ with regard to the
positioning of the terminals and the LED.
SIRUS 3RQ3 coupling relays in slim design are used to connect

control signals from and to a PLC, and they are available in
different versions:
Relay couplers (not plug-in)
Optocouplers with semiconductor outputs (not plug-in)
The optocouplers with semiconductor outputs have extremely

high contact reliability, and are therefore particularly well suited
for solid-state systems.
For test purposes, versions are available with
manual-0-automatic switches.
Note:
For the conversion tool, e.g. from 3TX7 to 3RQ3, see
www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool.
Article No. scheme

Digit of the Article No.
Coupling links
in the new 6.2-mm enclosure
1st - 4th
@@@@
5th 6th 7th

@ @ @
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th

@ @ @
@
@
3RQ3
@
Function
Design and output type
Switching current at the output
Connection methods
Contacts
Rated control supply voltage
Max. switchable voltage at the output
Contact variant
Example
3RQ3
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your order please use the Article No. indicated in the catalog
under the selection and ordering data.
5/3
Siemens AG 2015
Coupling Relays
General data
Relay couplers
Permanently soldered relays for increased contact reliability
Device variants with hard gold-plated contacts providing high
contact reliability at low currents
General
All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
(push-in technology)
Top wiring with spring-type terminals (push-in) for fast and
secure wiring.
Low space requirements in the control cabinet thanks to a
consistent width of 6.2 mm
Reduced inventory due to low variance
Clearly visible functional state of the relay coupler by green
LED
Integrated reverse polarity protection and EMC
arc-suppression diode
Uniform accessories throughout the entire 3RQ3 series
Integrated jumper option using connecting comb for all
terminals
Galvanic isolation plate for isolating different voltages for
neighboring units
Clip-on labels available as plotter matte paper for individual
printing

Fast replacement of the relays with existing wiring
Tested complete units lower assembly time
Individual relays available as spare parts
Device variants with hard gold-plated contacts providing high
contact reliability at low currents
Optocouplers with semiconductor outputs
Long service life as there is no mechanical wear
High switching frequency thanks to short make and break
times
Insensitive to vibrations
No contact bounce
Maximum contact reliability
Noise-free switching
Low control power required
Switching of DC and capacitive loads
Application
Galvanic isolation between input and output circuit
Adjustment to different signal levels
Signal amplification
Pushbutton
Position
switch
Motor control application example
5/4
Electronic control
24 V DC
Coupling
link
Output
I/O
devices 110 V AC
230 V AC
Input
Benefits
NSB0_00186a
24 V DC
110 V AC Actuators
230 V AC
Coupling
link
Motor
contactor
Siemens AG 2015
Coupling Relays
General data
Technical specifications
Type
3RQ3018-.AB00,
3RQ3018-.AB01,
3RQ3018-.AE00,
3RQ3018-.AF00,
3RQ3018-2A.08-0AA0,
3RQ3038-.AB00,
3RQ3038-.AB01,
3RQ3038-.AE00,
3RQ3038-.AE01,
3RQ3038-.AF00,
3RQ3038-.AF01,
3RQ3052-.SM50,
3RQ3053-.SG30
3RQ3050-.SM50,
3RQ3052-.SM30,
3RQ3052-.SM40,
3RQ3055-.SM30,
3RQ3070-.SB30
3RQ3065-.SM30
3RQ3070-.SG30
3RQ3118-.AB00,
3RQ3118-.AB01,
3RQ3118-.AE00,
3RQ3118-.AE01,
3RQ3118-.AF00,
3RQ3118-.AF01,
3RQ3118-.AM00,
3RQ3118-.AM01
6.2 x 75 x 93
6.2 x 72.5 x 93
6.2 x 76 x 93
General data
mm
6.2 x 72.5 x 93
Insulation voltage for overvoltage

category III to IEC 60664 for pollution
degree 3 rated value
300
50
300
--
300
Max. permissible voltage for protective

separation between control circuit and
auxiliary circuit
300
50
300
--
300
C
C
-25 ... +60

-40 ... +85
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Permissible ambient temperature

During operation
During storage
IP degree of protection
IP20
Version of the fuse link required for shortcircuit protection of the auxiliary switch
Fuse gG: 4 A
Conductor cross-sections
Screw terminals
Solid
mm
1x (0.25 ... 2.5)
Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm
1x (0.25 ... 1.5)
AWG cables
AWG 1x (20 ... 14)

Spring-type terminals
Solid
mm
1x (0.25 ... 2.5)
Finely stranded without end sleeve
mm
1x (0.25 ... 2.5)
mm
1x (0.25 ... 1.5)
AWG cables
AWG 1x (20 ... 14)
Relay couplers
Type
3RQ3018-.AB00,
3RQ3018-.AB01,
3RQ3038-.AB00,
3RQ3038-.AB01
3RQ3018-.AE00,
3RQ3038-.AE00,
3RQ3038-.AE01
0.8 ... 1.25

0.8 ... 1.25
0.8 ... 1.1

0.8 ... 1.1
0.3
0.7
3RQ3018-.AF00,
3RQ3038-.AF00,
3RQ3038-.AF01
3RQ3018-2AM080AA0
3RQ3018-2AN080AA0
Operating range factor of the control

supply voltage, rated value
At AC / at 50 Hz
At DC
Active power input
-0.7 ... 1.25

1
0.3
0.6

Type
3RQ3118-.AB0.
3RQ3118-.AE0.
0.8 ... 1.25

0.8 ... 1.25
0.8 ... 1.1

0.8 ... 1.1
0.3
0.7
3RQ3118-.AF0.
3RQ3118-.AM0.

At AC / at 50 Hz
At DC
Active power input
-0.8 ... 1.25

1
0.3
5/5
Siemens AG 2015
Coupling Relays
General data
Optocouplers with semiconductor output
Type
3RQ3050-.SM50,
3RQ3052-.SM30,
3RQ3052-.SM40,
3RQ3055-.SM30,
3RQ3065-.SM30
3RQ3052-.SM50
3RQ3053-.SG30
3RQ3070-.SB30
3RQ3070-.SG30
0.8 ... 1.1

0.8 ... 1.1
-0.8 ... 1.25
0.8 ... 1.1

0.8 ... 1.1
0.3
0.7

At AC / at 50 Hz
At DC
-0.8 ... 1.25

W
Active power input
0.3
0.25
Schematics
A1
11
IC01_00441
A2 A2
12 14
3RQ30.8

A1+
11
A2 -
12
14
IC01_00440
3RQ3118
Optocouplers with semiconductor outputs (not plug-in)

A1
A1
IC01_00443
A2
+
IC01_00446
A2
14 13 13
A2 A2
14
13+
3RQ305.-.S.30
3RQ3052-.SM50
A1 A3
A1
A0 H
IC01_00442
IC01_00445
+
+
A2 A2
14
13+ 13+
A2 A2
3RQ305.-.SM.0, 3RQ3070-.S.30
5/6
3RQ3065-.SM30
14
13+
Siemens AG 2015
Coupling Relays
Relay couplers

PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 5 units
PG
= 41H
3RQ30.8-1
Number of CO contacts
for auxiliary contacts
Contacts
hard gold-plated
3RQ30.8-2
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
DT Spring-type terminals
(push-in)
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU

Output coupling links
}
3RQ3018-1AB00
3RQ3018-2AB00
3RQ3018-1AB01
3RQ3018-2AB01
--
3RQ3018-1AE00
3RQ3018-2AE00
3RQ3018-1AF00
3RQ3018-2AF00
24 AC/DC
--
115 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
--
24 DC
--
--
3RQ3018-2AM08-0AA0
110 DC
--
--
3RQ3018-2AN08-0AA0
Input coupling links

24 AC/DC
115 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
--
3RQ3038-1AB00
3RQ3038-2AB00
3RQ3038-1AB01
3RQ3038-2AB01
--
3RQ3038-1AE00
3RQ3038-2AE00
3RQ3038-1AE01
3RQ3038-2AE01
--
3RQ3038-1AF00
3RQ3038-2AF00
3RQ3038-1AF01
3RQ3038-2AF01
Available
-- Not available

5/7
Control supply voltage

rated value
Siemens AG 2015
Coupling Relays

PS*
= 5 units
PG
= 41H
3RQ3118-1
Control supply voltage

rated value
Number of CO contacts
for auxiliary contacts
Contacts
hard gold-plated
3RQ3118-2
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
(push-in)
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU

24 AC/DC
115 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
24 DC
--
3RQ3118-1AB00
3RQ3118-2AB00
3RQ3118-1AB01
3RQ3118-2AB01
--
3RQ3118-1AE00
3RQ3118-2AE00
3RQ3118-1AE01
3RQ3118-2AE01
--
3RQ3118-1AF00
3RQ3118-2AF00
3RQ3118-1AF01
3RQ3118-2AF01
--
3RQ3118-1AM00
3RQ3118-2AM00
3RQ3118-1AM01
3RQ3118-2AM01
Available
-- Not available
5/8

Siemens AG 2015
Coupling Relays

PS*
= 5 units
PG
= 41H
3RQ3050-1SM50
Current carrying capacity

of the semiconductor output
Resistive
load
A
At DC-13
At AC-15
At 24 V
At 60 V
At 240 V
At 50/60 Hz
3RQ3050-2SM50
Manual-0- DT Screw terminals

automatic
switch
Article No.
(push-in)
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Optocouplers with semiconductor output (not plug-in)

24 DC
0.5
0.5
0.5
--
--
3RQ3050-1SM50
3RQ3050-2SM50
--
--
--
3RQ3052-1SM30
3RQ3052-2SM30
110 ... 230 AC/DC 3
--
--
3RQ3052-1SM40
3RQ3052-2SM40
--
--
--
3RQ3052-1SM50
3RQ3052-2SM50
--
--
--
3RQ3055-1SM30
3RQ3055-2SM30
3RQ3065-1SM30
3RQ3065-2SM30
--
--
--
3RQ3053-1SG30
3RQ3053-2SG30
--
--
--
3RQ3070-1SB30
3RQ3070-2SB30
0.5
--
--
--
3RQ3070-1SG30
3RQ3070-2SG30
Input coupling links

24 DC
0.5
110 ... 230 AC/DC 0.5

Available
-- Not available

5/9
Control supply
voltage
rated value
Siemens AG 2015
Coupling Relays
Accessories

Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*
PG
Galvanic isolation plates

A
3RQ3900-0A
10 units
41H
2-pole
3RQ3901-0A
10 units
41H
4-pole
3RQ3901-0B
10 units
41H
8-pole
3RQ3901-0C
10 units
41H
16-pole
3RQ3901-0D
10 units
41H
5 x 5 mm
3RQ3902-0A
100
2 000 units
41H
6 x 12 mm
3RQ3902-0B
100
1 200 units
41H
1 unit
41B

For electrical separation of different potentials
when devices of different types are installed side by side
3RQ3900-0A
Connecting combs
Connecting combs
For linking the same potentials,
current carrying capacity for infeed max. 6 A
3RQ3901-0B
Clip-on labels
Clip-on labels
For terminal marking and equipment labeling, white
Tools for opening spring-type terminals

3RA2908-1A
5/10
Screwdrivers
for all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals;
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm; length approx. 200 mm, titanium gray/black,
partially insulated
3RA2908-1A

Siemens AG 2015
Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet
Price groups
PG 14O, 41B, 41D, 41E
8/2
Introduction
8/34

General data
For snapping onto standard mounting
rails or for screw fixing
For 60 mm busbars
For snapping onto standard mounting
rails or for screw fixing
For 60 mm busbars
8/39
Accessories
8/3
8/19
8/25
8/29

information.
Article-No.
3RA1943-2C
3RA1943-2B
3RA1953-2B
3RA1953-2N

www.siemens.com/
product?3RA1943-2C
Siemens AG 2015
Introduction
Overview
3RA2110
3RA2210
3RA2130
3RA2150
Article No.
Page

Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC and 24 V DC
for snapping onto standard mounting rails or
for screw fixing
3RA21
8/19
3RA21
8/25

for snapping onto standard mounting rails or
for screw fixing
3RA22
8/29
3RA22
8/34
The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders consist of the 3RV2 motor starter protector and
the 3RT2 contactor.
The motor starter protector and contactor are prewired and mechanically and
electrically connected in pre-assembled assembly kits (link modules, wiring kits
and standard mounting rail or busbar adapters)
3 sizes (S00, S0, S2)
Can be supplied for direct-on-line start or reversing duty as
- complete unit or
- single devices for self-assembly
Can be supplied with screw or spring-type terminals

for 60 mm busbars

for 60 mm busbars
Accessories for 3RA2 direct-on-line and
reversing starters
8/39
Central and compact starter solutions

Our range offers you many different possibilities for simple and
practical starter solutions in the control cabinet. Features common to all our load feeders, compact starters and motor starters:
Like all SIRIUS devices they are optimally coordinated with each
other, have a very compact design and are particularly easy and
quick to install and wire up.
8/2
In addition there is a seamless range of SIRIUS 3RW soft starters

available for soft starting in the control cabinet
(see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 6 "Soft Starters and Solid-State
Switching Devices" "SIRIUS 3RW Soft Starters").
Siemens AG 2015
SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders
General data
Overview
Behavior in the event of short circuit
3RA2 load feeders
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102) and IEC 60947-4-1 make a

distinction between two different types of coordination (types "1"
and "2"). Any short circuits that occur are cleared safely by both
types of coordination. The only differences concern the extent of
the damage caused to the device by a short circuit.
ToC
ToC
The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders consist of the 3RV2 motor

starter protector and the 3RT2 electromechanical contactor. The
devices are electrically and mechanically connected using preassembled assembly kits (link modules, wiring kits and standard
mounting rail or busbar adapters).
Around 500 preassembled 3RA2 combinations of these innovative 3RT2 controls and 3RV2 protection equipment can be
ordered for direct-on-line and reversing starting of standard
three-phase motors up to 65 A (approx. 30 kW).
In the 3RA2 load feeder, the 3RV2 motor starter protector is
responsible for overload and short-circuit protection. Back-up
protective devices, such as melting fuses or limiters, are superfluous here, as the motor starter protector is short-circuit proof
up to 150 kA at 400 V.
The 3RT2 contactor is particularly suitable for extremely
complex switching tasks requiring the greatest endurance.
The 3RA2 load feeders are available with setting ranges from
0.14 to 65 A in sizes S00, S0 and S2:
Size
Type of coordination "2"

There must be no damage to the overload release or
to any other component after a short circuit has been
cleared. The load feeder can resume operation
without needing to be renewed. At most, welding of
the contactor contacts is permissible if they can be
disconnected easily without any significant
deformation.
The types of coordination are indicated in the
corresponding tables by the symbols shown on
orange backgrounds.
Tripping times
All 3RA2 load feeders described here are designed for normal
starting, in other words for overload tripping times of less than
10 s (CLASS 10). At rated-load operating temperature the tripping times are shorter, depending on the particular equipment
and the setting range. The exact values can be derived from the
tripping characteristics of the motor starter protectors.
Connection methods
For all 3RA2 feeders up to 32 A, spring-type connection is
available as well as screw terminals. To connect two devices
with spring-type terminals, there are plug-in connection modules
for sizes S00 and S0 which enable very quick mounting of the
feeders and a vibration-resistant assembly.
To connect a motor starter protector with screw terminals to a
contactor with spring-type terminals there are special hybrid
connection modules for the sizes S00 and S0.
Width
Direct-on-line starters/
reversing starters
Max. rated current For threeIn max

phase motors
up to
Screw terminals
Spring-type terminals (S00 and S0 only)
mm
kW
S00
45/90
16
7.5
S0
45/90
32
15
S2
55/120
65
30
The terminals are indicated in the corresponding

tables by the symbols shown on orange
backgrounds.
The size of the 3RA2 load feeders is based on the size of the
contactor:
Size 3RA2
S0
S2
Size of 3RV2 motor starter protector S00
S001), S0
S2
Size of 3RT2 contactor
S0
S2
1)
S00
S00
The combination of an S00 motor starter protector with an S0 contactor is

possible only for screw connection versions.
Operating conditions
3RA2 load feeders are climate-proof. They are intended for use
in enclosed rooms in which no severe operating conditions
(such as dust, caustic vapors, hazardous gases) prevail.
Suitable covers must be provided for installation in dusty and
damp locations.
8/3
3RA22 reversing starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for
screw fixing with screw terminals
Type of coordination "1"

The load feeder may be non-operational after a short
circuit has been cleared. Damage to the contactor or
to the overload release is permissible.
Siemens AG 2015
General data
3RA2 complete units
The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders can be ordered as preassembled complete units for direct-on-line starting (3RA21) or for
reversing duty (3RA22) with screw or spring-type connection.
Load feeders in size S2 or larger are available only as complete
units for direct-on-line starting (3RA21) with screw connection.
Control supply voltages of 230 V AC 50 Hz and 24 V DC are
available.
A distinction is also drawn between whether the feeder is
mounted onto a 35 mm standard mounting rail, on a flat surface
using screws, or on a 60 mm busbar system.
3RA21 load feeders in the size S0 must be configured on standard mounting rail adapters if high vibration and shock loads
(railways, power generation,...) are involved.
A vibration and shock kit is available for mounting on busbar
adapters.
Accessories
As the 3RA2 fuseless load feeders are constructed from

3RV2 motor starter protectors and 3RT2 contactors, the same
accessories such as auxiliary switches, undervoltage releases
or door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms can be used for
the 3RA2 fuseless load feeders as for these motor starter protectors and contactors.
In particular, certain accessories have been optimized for the
fuseless load feeders. They include the top-connected, transverse auxiliary switch on the motor starter protector, which is
available with 1 CO contact or 1 NO contact + 1 NC contact.
Special auxiliary switch blocks that can be snapped on from
below are available for the contactor. These two accessories
enable the fuseless load feeders to be wired simply without
having to route cables through the device.
Incoming power supply
On the whole four different energy supply possibilities are
available (see "3RV29 Infeed System for Load Feeders").
Customer assembly of fuseless load feeders
While the preassembled 3RA2 load feeders can be ordered up
to 65 A, combinations up to 80 A (approx. 37 kW/400 V) are
possible for customer assembly without link modules.
The standard devices can be combined optimally in terms of
both technical specifications and dimensions, thanks to the
modular system of the SIRIUS series.
The fuseless load feeders can thus be assembled easily by the
customer. It is simply necessary to assemble the standard
3RV2 motor starter protector, the 3RT2 contactor and the
appropriate assembly kit.
For single devices and assembly kits see the "Selection and
ordering data" for 3RA21 direct-on-line starters and
3RA22 reversing starters.
For assembly kits for direct-on-line starting or reversing duty for
mounting onto standard mounting rails or busbars see "Selection
and ordering data" at "Accessories".
For reversing starters in sizes S0 and S2 it is imperative to use a
standard mounting rail adapter in order to ensure the necessary
mechanical strength. A standard mounting rail adapter is not
necessary if a busbar adapter is used.
8/4
The 3RA1 fuseless load feeders can be used for fuseless load
feeders between 65 A and 100 A.
The SENTRON 3VA circuit breakers and the SIRIUS 3RT contactors are available for rated currents >100 A.
Special equipment for customer assembly can be ordered if
other rated control supply voltages are required. Assembly kits
can be used to facilitate assembly.
Customers can also assemble tested combinations of motor
starter protectors with solid-state controls (soft starters, solidstate contactors) and load feeders with additional monitoring
and control devices (3RR monitoring relays, SIMOCODE 3UF).
For the electrical and mechanical connection of protection
equipment and controls there are preassembled assembly kits
(link modules, wiring kits and standard mounting rail or busbar
adapters).
The following types of configuration are possible:
Direct-in-line/reversing starting
Star-delta (wye-delta) starting
Solid-state/soft starting
For more information and assignment tables for combinations of
the 3RA2 generation of products for self-assembly see the
configuration manual:
and "Manual SIRIUS Innovations - SIRIUS 3RA21 / 3RA22 Load
Feeders"
Customer assembly of fused load feeders
The flexible, modular system of SIRIUS also enables the configuration of fused load feeders up to 80 A (approx. 37 kW/400 V).
Up to 32 A is also available for 45 mm installation widths.
Compact 3NW7...-1 cylindrical fuse holders for IEC fuses
size 10 x 38 mm, or 3NW7...-1HG holders for Class CC UL fuses,
can be used for this purpose.
For more information about fuse systems, see Catalog LV 10
"Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation
Technology" "SENTRON Safety, Switching, Measuring and
Monitoring Devices".
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Load feeders can also be assembled with IO-Link for connection
to the higher-level control system. For each feeder this requires
a contactor with voltage tap-off onto which a 3RA2711 function
module is plugged (various versions for direct-on-line, reversing
and wye-delta starters). The design of the SIRIUS load feeders
permits a group of up to 4 SIRIUS controls to be conveniently
connected through the standardized open IO-Link system to a
control system, thus reducing wiring work considerably compared to the conventional parallel wiring method. The electrical
connection is made using only three standard cables.
The function modules perform not only the communication
(contactor operation and feedback, ready signal) but also the
electrical interlocking (for reversing and wye-delta starters) and
the timing relay function (wye-delta reversing time).
Communication information and control supply voltages are
passed on through ribbon cables so that the complete control
current wiring on the feeder is no longer needed.
The monitoring and maintenance of a plant is made considerably easier by transmitting diverse diagnostics data from the
function modules (e.g. missing main and auxiliary voltage, local
disconnection) through IO-Link to the higher-level control
system. Also, feeders equipped for IO-Link can be conveniently
controlled from the control cabinet door using the optional
operator panel.
More information:
IO-Link see Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication"
3RA27 function modules see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 3
"Switching Devices Contactors and Contactor Assemblies"
"Function Modules".
Communications integration through AS-Interface
Connection of the load feeders to the higher-level control system
is possible not only through IO-Link but also through
AS-Interface. The AS-Interface connection is recommended
wherever load feeders are used in distributed applications. This
solution also requires a contactor with voltage tap-off and a
corresponding 3RA2712 function module (various versions for
direct-on-line, reversing and wye-delta starters). The devices
are implemented in A/B technology, making it easy to connect
up to 62 feeders to an AS-i master (regardless of whether they
are direct-on-line, reversing or wye-delta starters). This results in
a significant reduction of wiring compared to the conventional
parallel wiring method. The electrical connection is made using
standard cables.
The function modules perform not only the communication

(contactor operation and feedback, ready signal) but also the
electrical interlocking (for reversing and wye-delta starters) and
the timing relay function (wye-delta reversing time).
Communication information and control supply voltages are
passed on through ribbon cables so that the complete control
current wiring on the starter is no longer needed.
More information:
AS-Interface see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 2
"Industrial Communication"
3RA27 function modules see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 3
"Switching Devices Contactors and Contactor Assemblies"
"Function Modules".
Contactors with voltage tap-off
Contactors with a voltage tap-off are required for configuring
load feeders with a communication interface (AS-i/IO-Link).
These contactors are not included as standard in the preassembled 3RA2 load feeders. A load feeder with communication interface must be assembled therefore from single devices.
Complete integration in the automation landscape
As the result of the communication connection through IO-Link
or AS-i, the SIRIUS load feeders are fully integrated in the automation landscape and can draw on all the advantages of TIA
(e.g. integration in the TIA Maintenance Station).
Mounting
3RA2 fuseless load feeders can be supplied:
For assembly on TH 35 standard mounting rails according to
EN 60715 (depth 15 mm)
For assembly on busbar adapters (busbar center-to-center
clearance 60 mm, busbar thickness 5 to 10 mm with beveled
edges)
The fuseless load feeders are also suitable for screw fixing using
two 3RV2928-0B push-in lugs.
The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders can also be configured with the
3RV29 infeed system (S0 and S00 only, see Catalog IC 10,
Chapter 7 "Protection Equipment" "Motor Starter Protectors/
Circuit Breakers" "SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/
Circuit Breakers up to 80 A" "3RV29 Infeed System").
8/5
Communications integration using IO-Link
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Direct-on-line starting For standard rail mounting or screw fixing Sizes S00 and S0
1
1 2 push-in lugs
3RV2928-0B
(only for screw mounting)
2 Motor starter protector

Size S00/S0
Screw terminals
2
Motor starter protector

Size S00/S0
4 Link module
Screw terminals
3RA1921-1DA00 (for S00)
3RA2921-1AA00 (for S0, AC contactor)
3RA2921-1BA00 (for S0, DC contactor)
5 Link module
3RA2911-2AA00 for S00
3RA2921-2AA00 for S0
4
6 Link module
(Hybrid)
3RA2911-2FA00 for S00
3RA2921-2FA00 for S0
7 Contactor
Size S00/S0
Screw terminals
8
8 Contactor
Size S00/S0
NSB0_02089c
Left:
3RA21 load feeder with screw terminals
Center: 3RA21 load feeder with spring-type terminals
Right: Motor starter protector combination with screw terminals, with contactor with spring-type terminals
1 2 push-in lugs
3RV2928-0B

Size S00/S0
Screw terminals
3

Size S00/S0
Screw terminals/spring-type terminals
4 Link module
3RA2921-1BA00 (Screw terminals)
5 Link module
3RA2921-1BA00 for S00/S0 and screw terminals
3RA2911-2GA00 for S00 and spring-type terminals
3RA2921-2GA00 for S0 and spring-type terminals
6 Solid-state switching device (Screw terminals)
7 Soft starter
Size S00/S0
4
5
NSB0_02090c
Left:
Right:
8/6
Motor starter protector combination with solid-state switching device with screw terminals
Motor starter protector combination with soft starter with spring-type terminals
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Direct-on-line starting For standard rail mounting Size S2

Size S2
Screw terminals
2 Standard mounting rail adapter (optional)
3RA2932-1AA00
Alternatively, the device can be mounted
on two standard mounting rails spaced at
a distance of 175 mm without a standard
mounting rail adapter.
3 Standard mounting rail adapter

3RA2932-1CA00
4 Link module
3RA2931-1AA00
Screw terminals
5 Contactor
Size S2
Screw terminals
6 Soft starter
Size S2
Screw terminals
IC01_00417
Left: 3RA21 load feeder with screw terminals

Right: Motor starter protector assembly with soft starter with screw terminals
8/7
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Direct-on-line starting For 60 mm busbar systems Sizes S00 and S0
1
1 60 mm busbar adapter
for screw terminals
8US1251-5DS10 for S00
8US1251-5NT10 for S0
for spring-type terminals
8US1251-5DT11 for S00

Size S00/S0
Screw terminals

Size S00/S0
5 Link module
Screw terminals
3RA1921-1DA00 for S00
3RA2921-1AA00 for S0, AC contactor
3RA2921-1BA00 for S0, DC contactor
5
6 Link module
3RA2911-2AA00 for S00
Additional 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer
for height compensation on AC contactors
size S0 with spring-type terminals.
7 Contactor
Size S00/S0
Screw terminals
7
8
8 Contactor
Size S00/S0
NSB0_02091d
Left:
Right:
8/8
3RA21 load feeder for direct-on-line starting with busbar adapter with screw terminals
3RA21 load feeder for direct-on-line starting with busbar adapter with spring-type terminals
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Direct-on-line starting For 60 mm busbar systems Size S2
IC01_00418
3
Size S2
Screw terminals
4
2 Busbar adapter 60 mm
8US1261-6MT10
3 Link module
3RA2931-1AA00
Screw terminals
4 Contactor
Size S2
Screw terminals
3RA21 load feeder for direct-on-line starting with busbar adapter with screw terminals
8/9
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Reversing duty For standard rail mounting or screw fixing Size S00
1
1 2 push-in lugs
3RV2928-0B
Size S00
Screw terminals
Size S00
4 Link module
(Screw terminals)
3RA1921-1DA00 for S00
5 Link module
(Spring-type terminals)
3RA2911-2AA00 for S00
Contactor
Size S00
Screw terminals
Contactor
Size S00
12
10
6
7
14
7
NSB0_02092d
11
15
9
Wiring kit
3RA2913-2AA1
8 Upper wiring module
9 Lower wiring module
10 2 connecting clips
11 Mechanical interlock
(can be removed if necessary)
Left:
Right:
8/10
13
Wiring kit
3RA2913-2AA2
3RA22 load feeder with screw terminals with push-in lugs with 2 contactors for reversing duty and
3RA2913-2AA1 wiring kit for connection of the contactors (incl. mechanical interlocking and connecting clips)
3RA22 load feeder with spring-type terminals with push-in lugs with 2 contactors for reversing duty and wiring kit
3RA2913-2AA2 (incl. mechanical interlocking and connecting clips)
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Reversing duty For standard rail mounting Size S0
RH assembly kit for reversing duty and
standard rail mounting in size S0
For screw terminals
3RA2923-1BB1
For spring-type terminals
3RA2923-1BB21)
Comprising:
1 wiring kit
2 standard mounting rail adapters
2 connecting wedges
1)
Also includes 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for

height compensation on AC contactors size S0
with spring-type terminals.

Size S0
Screw terminals/
spring-type terminals
2 2 standard mounting rail adapters
3RA2922-1AA00
with 2 connecting wedges
8US1998-1AA00
3 Link module
For screw terminals:
3RA2921-1AA00 (AC)
3RA2921-1BA00 (DC)
For spring-type terminals:
3RA2921-2AA002)
5
4
2) Additional 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer

size S0 with spring-type terminals
4 Contactor
Size S0
Screw terminals/
NSB0_02093d
Wiring kit
For screw terminals:
3RA2923-2AA1
For spring-type terminals:
3RA2923-2AA2
3RA22 load feeder for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S0
(the version with screw terminals is shown in the picture)
8/11
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Reversing duty For standard rail mounting Size S2
RH assembly kit for reversing duty and

standard rail mounting in size S2
3RA2933-1BB1
1
Comprising:
1 Wiring kit for main and
auxiliary circuits
2 Rail adapters
2 Side modules
4 Connecting wedges
1 Mechanical locking device
2 Connecting pins for 2 contactors
Fixing screws

Size S2
Screw terminals
2 Standard mounting rail adapter

3RA2932-1AA00
with 4 connecting wedges
8US1998-1AA00
and 2 side modules
3RA1902-1B
3 Link module
3RA2931-1AA00
Screw terminals
5 Contactor size S2
Screw terminals
Wiring kit
For screw terminals
3RA2933-2AA1
3RA2934-2B
8 2 Connecting pins
Load feeder for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S2
8/12
IC01_00419
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Reversing duty For 60 mm busbar systems Sizes S00 and S0
RS assembly kit for reversing duty and
busbar mounting
3
Screw connection
3RA2913-1DB1 for S00
3RA2923-1DB1 for S0
For spring-type connection:
3RA2913-1DB2 for S00
3RA2923-1DB2 for S01)
Comprising:
1 wiring kit
1 busbar adapter
1 device holder
2 connecting wedges
1)
Also includes 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer

2
Size S00/S0
2 Link module
For screw terminals
3RA1921-1DA00 for S00
3RA2921-1AA00 for S0, AC contactor
3RA2921-1BA00 for S0, DC contactor
3RA2911-2AA00 for S002)
2) Additional 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer
NSB0_02094e
Wiring kit
Screw connection:
3RA2923-2AA1 for S0
Spring-type connection:
3RA2923-2AA2 for S0

For screw terminals
8US1251-5DS10 for S00
8US1251-5DT11 for S00
2 connecting wedges
8US1998-1AA00
60 mm device holder
8US1250-5AS10 or
8US1250-5AT10
(according to left adapter)
6 Contactor
Size S00/S0
3RA22 load feeder for reversing duty and 60 mm busbar in size S00/S0
8/13
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Reversing duty For 60 mm busbar systems Size S2
RS assembly kit for reversing duty for
busbar mounting
3RA2933-1DB1
Comprising:
1 Wiring kit for main and auxiliary circuits
1 busbar adapter and device holder
1 mechanical locking device
2 connecting pins for 2 contactors
Fixing screws

Size S2
Screw terminals
2 Link module
3RA2931-1AA00
Screw terminals
3 Busbar adapter 60 mm
8US1211-6MT10
5 Contactor
Size S2
Screw terminals
6
5
Wiring kit
For screw terminals
3RA2933-2AA1
IC01_00420
Load feeder for reversing duty and 60 mm busbar in size S2

8/14
Upper wiring module
Lower wiring module
7 2 connecting pins
6
Mechanical interlock
3RA2934-2B
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Article No. scheme
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th

@@@
SIRIUS feeders
13th 14th 15th 16th
SIRIUS 2nd generation
2
@
Type of feeder (direct-on-line starter = 1, reversing starter = 2)
Size (S00 = 1, S0 = 2, S2 = 3 and 5)

Setting range for overload release
Design type and connection method

Rated power of the contactor at 400 V AC
Integrated auxiliary switches of the contactor
Operating range/solenoid coil circuit (contactor)

Rated control supply voltage (contactor)
Example
3RA
3RA
Note:
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders offer a number of benefits:

Minimum planning and assembly work and far less wiring with
the preassembled complete units (only one Article number
3RA2)
Link modules from the motor starter protector to all types of
SIRIUS controls, for quicker and error-free assembly of feeders with screw and spring-type connection
High planning reliability through consistent combination tests
for fuseless and fused configuration in accordance with IEC
and UL/CSA
Comprehensive approvals for use world-wide on request, see
Catalog IC 10, Chapter 16 "Appendix" "Standards and
Approvals"
High operational reliability through short-circuit breaking

capacity of 150 kA with type of coordination "1" and "2"
Uniform accessories for sizes S00, S0 and S2
Spring-type connection possible throughout: Enhanced
operational reliability (vibration-resistant wiring) and less
wiring work thanks to plug-in connections (S00 and S0 only)
Power loss 5 to 10 % smaller than for comparable devices,
hence lower energy consumption
Connection of feeders to the control system through standardized system connection (IO-Link and AS-i), for fast integration
in TIA and less wiring work
8/15
Benefits
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Direct-on-line starters/
reversing starters
Size
Connection methods Mounting
Control voltage
Width W
Height H
Depth D
mm
mm
mm
Mounting dimensions
Direct-on-line starters
S00
3RA21.
3RA211.
Screw terminals
Standard mounting rails
AC/DC
45
167
97
Busbar adapters
AC/DC
45
200
155
AC/DC
45
198
97
Busbar adapters
AC/DC
45
260
155
AC
45
193
97
DC
45
193
107
AC
45
260
155
DC
45
260
165
AC/DC
45
243
107
Busbar adapters
AC/DC
45
260
165
AC/DC
55
274
150
Busbar adapters
AC/DC
55
350
208
AC/DC
90
170
97
Busbar adapters
AC/DC
90
200
155
AC/DC
90
204
97
Busbar adapters
AC/DC
90
260
155
Standard mounting rail

adapters
AC
90
265
120.3
DC
90
265
130
Busbar adapters
AC
90
260
155
DC
90
260
165
AC/DC
90
270
131
Spring-type terminals Standard mounting rails
S0
Screw terminals
3RA212.
Busbar adapters

S2
Screw terminals
3RA213./3RA215.
Reversing starters
S00
3RA22.
3RA221.
Screw terminals
(Size S2 or larger is only

available for self-assembly)

S0
Screw terminals
3RA222.
Spring-type terminals Standard mounting rail

adapters
S2
Screw terminals
Busbar adapters
AC/DC
90
260
165
AC/DC
120
295
175
Busbar adapters
AC/DC
120
361
208
Type
3RA2.1
3RA2.2
Size
Number of poles
S00
3
S0
3
3RA213
3RA215
S2
3
0.8 ... 2.3
2.2 ... 2.5
Mechanics and environment

During operation
During storage and transport
C
C
-20 ... +60

-55 ... +80
Weight
kg
0.6 ... 1.5
Permissible mounting position
90
Shock resistance
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-27
Degree of protection
Acc. to IEC 60947-1
8/16
g/ms
90
NSB0_00369
22,5 22,5
Important: Acc. to DIN 43602 start command "I" at the right or top
6/11 (sine pulse)
IP20
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Type
3RA2.1
3RA2.2
Size
Number of poles
S00
3
S0
3
3RA213
3RA215
S2
3
Electrical specifications
Standards
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1 (VDE 0660 Part 100)

IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2 (VDE 0660 Part 101)
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
Max. rated current In max

(= max. rated operational current Ie)
16
Rated operational voltage Ue
690
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3)
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
Trip class (CLASS)
kA
Up to 1.25 A
1.6 ... 6.3 A
8 ... 12 A
16 A
5 ... 6.3 A
8 ... 12 A
16 ... 32 A
32 A
36 ... 40 A
45 ... 52 A
59 ... 73 A
150
3RA213: 100
3RA215: 150
See "Selection and ordering data"
Types of coordination according to IEC 60947-4-1,

EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
Power loss Pv max of all main current
paths
Dependent on the rated current In
(upper setting range)
65
10
Acc. to IEC 60947-4-1,

EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
Rated short-circuit current Iq at 50/60 Hz 400 V AC

according to IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
32
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
2
2.3
3.5
4.3
--------
----2.3
3.5
4.3
-----
-------16.2
17.2
21
On request
Up to 4 kW
5.5 ... 7.5 kW
Up to 5.5 kW
7.5 ... 15 kW
P.f.
18.5 ... 37 kW
P.f.
VA
VA
VA
VA
27
37
--0.8
---
--65
77
0.82
---
-----190
0.72
Up to 4 kW
5.5 ... 7.5 kW
Up to 5.5 kW
7.5 ... 15 kW
P.f.
18.5 ... 37 kW
P.f.
VA
VA
VA
VA
4.2
5.7
--0.25
---
--8.5
9.8
0.25
---
-----16
0.37
Closing
Closed
W
W
4
4
5.9
5.9
23
1
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us

0.8 x Us
0.85 x Us
---
---
AC operation
- Closing
- Closed
DC operation
VA
VA
Magnetic coil operating range for contactors

Low limit at 55 C
At 60 C
Power consumption of the solenoid coils for contactors

as a function of the standard output P of the motor
(when coil is cold and Us 50 Hz)
Endurance of the motor starter protector

Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles
Electrical endurance
Operating cycles
Max. switching frequency per hour (motor starts)
1/h
100 000
100 000
15
Up to 52 A: 50 000
from 65 A: On request
Endurance of contactor
Mechanical endurance
Electrical endurance
Operating cycles
Operating cycles
30 million
10 million
10 million
See endurance characteristic curves of the contactors Catalog
IC 10, Chapter 3 "Switching Devices Contactors and Contactor
Assemblies"
Touch protection
Acc. to EN 50274
Finger-safe, for vertical touching from the front
Phase failure sensitivity

of the motor starter protector
Acc. to IEC 60947-1,

EN 60947-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
Yes
Isolating features
of the motor starter protector

EN 60947-2 (VDE 0660 Part 101)
Yes
Main control and EMERGENCYSTOP switch characteristics of the

motor starter protector and
accessories

EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113 Part 1)
Yes
(with overvoltage releases of category "1"
under conditions of proper use)
Protective separation between main

and auxiliary circuits
Acc. to EN 60947-1, Appendix N
Mirror contacts for contactors

Integrated auxiliary switches
Up to 400
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
8/17
Siemens AG 2015
General data
Conductor cross-sections of main circuit
Type
3RA2.10
3RA2.20
3RA2130-4E...,
3RA2130-4P...,
3RA2130-4U...,
3RA2130-4V...
Size
S00
S0
S2
M3,
Pozidriv size 2
M4,
Pozidriv size 2
M6,
Pozidriv size 2
3RA2130-4W...,
3RA2130-4X...,
3RA2130-4J...,
3RA2130-4K...,
3RA2150
Screw terminals
Connection type
Terminal screw
Operating devices
mm
5 ... 6
5 ... 6
5 ... 6
Prescribed tightening torque
Nm
0.8 ... 1.2
2 ... 2.5
3.0 ... 4.5
Solid or stranded
mm2
2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1),

2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1),
only for contactor
2x4
2 x (1 ... 2.5)1),
2 x (2.5 ... 10)1)
2 x (1 ... 25)1),
1 x (1 ... 35)1)
2 x (1 ... 35)1),
1 x (1 ... 50)1)
Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1)
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1)

2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1)
2 x (1 ... 2.5)1),
2 x (2.5 ... 6)1),
1 x 10
2 x (1 ... 16)1),
1 x (1 ... 25)1)
2 x (1 ... 25)1),
1 x (1 ... 35)1)
AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (20 ... 16)1),

only for contactor
2 x (18 ... 14)1)
2 x 12
2 x (16 ... 12)1),

2 x (14 ... 8)1)
2 x (18 ... 3)1),

1 x (18 ... 2)1)
2 x (18 ... 2)1),

1 x (18 ... 1)1)
Conductor cross-sections (min./max.),

1 or 2 conductors can be connected
Connection type
Operating devices
mm
3.0 x 0.5 and 3.5 x 0.5

Solid or stranded
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 4)
2 x (1 ... 10)
--
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
2 x (1 ... 6)
--
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
2 x (1 ... 6)
--
AWG
2 x (20 ... 12)
2 x (18 ... 8)
--
Max. external diameter of the conductor insulation
mm
3.6
3.6
--
1)
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping

point, both cross-sections must be in the range specified.
Conductor cross-sections for auxiliary and

control circuits
Type
3RA2110
3RA2210
3RA2120
3RA2220
3RA2130
3RA2150
Size
S00
S0
S2
Connection type
Screw terminals
M3, Pozidriv size 2
Terminal screw
Operating devices
mm
5 ... 6
Prescribed tightening torque
Nm
0.8 ... 1.2
Solid or stranded
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1), 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1)
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1), 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1)
AWG
2 x (18 ... 14)1), 2 x (20 ... 16)1), 2 x 12 only for contactor S00

Connection type
mm
3.0 x 0.5 and 3.5 x 0.5
Solid or stranded
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
AWG
2 x (20 ... 14)
Max. external diameter of the conductor insulation
mm
3.6
Operating devices
1)
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping

point, both cross-sections must be in the range specified.
8/18
Siemens AG 2015
3RA21 direct-on-line starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing

Direct-on-line start
3RA2110
Size
3RA2120
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard
output
P
Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is

possible1)
The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically and electrically connected by means of the link
module
Auxiliary switches2) on the motor starter protector and the
contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system
Integrated auxiliary switches:
Contactor size S00: 1 NO,
Contactor sizes S0 and S2: 1 NO + 1 NC
3RA2150
Setting range
Consisting of the following
for thermal
single devices
overload release
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)

50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 and S2
With screw terminals
Motor
starter
protector
+
Contactor
DT
+
Link module
Fuseless load feeders
PS*
PG
Screw terminals
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V

(compatible with type of coordination "1")
S0
S2
3RT20
3RA
15-1AP01
1921-1DA00 A
A
A
3RA2110-0BA15-1AP0
3RA2110-0CA15-1AP0
3RA2110-0DA15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
ToC
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA10
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
A
A
A
3RA2110-0EA15-1AP0
3RA2110-0FA15-1AP0
3RA2110-0GA15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
A
A
A
3RA2110-0HA15-1AP0
3RA2110-0JA15-1AP0
3RA2110-0KA15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1CA10
A
A
A
3RA2110-1AA15-1AP0
3RA2110-1BA15-1AP0
3RA2110-1CA15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
A
A
3RA2110-1DA15-1AP0
3RA2110-1EA15-1AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
24-1AP00
2921-1AA00 A
A
A
A
A
3RA2120-1FA24-0AP0
3RA2120-1GA24-0AP0
3RA2120-1HA24-0AP0
3RA2120-1JA24-0AP0
3RA2120-1KA24-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA10
26-1AP00
3RA2120-4AA26-0AP0
1 unit
41D
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
22
22
28
294)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA10
21-4CA10
21-4DA10
21-4NA10
21-4EA10
27-1AP00
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2120-4BA27-0AP0
3RA2120-4CA27-0AP0
3RA2120-4DA27-0AP0
3RA2120-4NA27-0AP0
3RA2120-4EA27-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
15
18.5
18.5
22
22
29
35
35
41
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 36
32 ... 40
35 ... 45
42 ... 52
32-4EA10
32-4PA10
32-4UA10
32-4VA10
32-4WA10
35-1AP00
2931-1AA00 A
A
A
A
A
3RA2150-4EA35-0AP0
3RA2150-4PA35-0AP0
3RA2150-4UA35-0AP0
3RA2150-4VA36-0AP0
3RA2150-4WA36-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
30
30
55
55
49 ... 59
54 ... 65
32-4XA10
32-4JA10
37-1AP00
A
A
3RA2150-4XA37-0AP0
3RA2150-4JA37-0AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
375)
66
62 ... 73
32-4KA10
38-1AP00
3RA2150-4KA38-0AP0
1 unit
41D
36-1AP00

(the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2")
S00
For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".
ToC
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
15-1AP01
1921-1DA00 A
A
A
3RA2110-1FA15-1AP0
3RA2110-1GA15-1AP0
3RA2110-1HA15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
11-4AA10
16-1AP01
17-1AP01
18-1AP01
A
A
A
3RA2110-1JA16-1AP0
3RA2110-1KA17-1AP0
3RA2110-4AA18-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
For footnotes see page 8/20

8/19
S00
3RV20
Siemens AG 2015

possible1)
The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically
and electrically connected by means of the link module
3RA2130
Size

Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
single devices
overload release
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)
Motor
starter
protector
+
Contactor
DT
+
Link module
PS*
PG
Screw terminals
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S2
3RV20
3RT20
3RA
35-1AP00
2931-1AA00 A
A
A
A
A
3RA2130-4EA35-0AP0
3RA2130-4PA35-0AP0
3RA2130-4UA35-0AP0
3RA2130-4VA36-0AP0
3RA2130-4WA36-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
ToC
15
18.5
18.5
22
22
29
35
35
41
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 36
32 ... 40
35 ... 45
42 ... 52
31-4EA10
31-4PA10
31-4UA10
31-4VA10
31-4WA10
30
30
55
55
49 ... 59
54 ... 65
31-4XA10
31-4JA10
37-1AP00
A
A
3RA2130-4XA37-0AP0
3RA2130-4JA37-0AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
375)
66
62 ... 73
31-4KA10
38-1AP00
3RA2130-4KA38-0AP0
1 unit
41D
36-1AP00
For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.

1)
Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44.
2)
Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.
3)
The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be
considered when selecting the units.
4)
Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher
starting currents we recommend using size S2.
5)
Maximum permissible current setting at motor starter protector 65 A.
8/20

Siemens AG 2015
3RA2110
Size

possible1)
Contactor size S0: 1 NO + 1 NC
3RA2120
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard
output
P

50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0
With spring-type connection
Setting range
for thermal
single devices
overload release
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)
Motor
starter
protector
+
Contactor
DT
+
Link module
PS*
PG
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S0
3RT20
3RA29
15-2AP01
11-2AA00
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA20
11-0CA20
11-0DA20
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55
0.75
0.75
ToC
A
A
A
3RA2110-0BE15-1AP0
3RA2110-0CE15-1AP0
3RA2110-0DE15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
11-0EA20
11-0FA20
11-0GA20
A
A
A
3RA2110-0EE15-1AP0
3RA2110-0FE15-1AP0
3RA2110-0GE15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA20
11-0JA20
11-0KA20
A
A
A
3RA2110-0HE15-1AP0
3RA2110-0JE15-1AP0
3RA2110-0KE15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA20
11-1BA20
11-1CA20
A
A
A
3RA2110-1AE15-1AP0
3RA2110-1BE15-1AP0
3RA2110-1CE15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA20
11-1EA20
A
A
3RA2110-1DE15-1AP0
3RA2110-1EE15-1AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
21-1FA20
21-1GA20
21-1HA20
21-1JA20
21-1KA20
24-2AP00
C
C
C
C
C
3RA2120-1FE24-0AP0
3RA2120-1GE24-0AP0
3RA2120-1HE24-0AP0
3RA2120-1JE24-0AP0
3RA2120-1KE24-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA20
26-2AP00
3RA2120-4AE26-0AP0
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
22
22
28
294)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA20
21-4CA20
21-4DA20
21-4NA20
21-4EA20
27-2AP00
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2120-4BE27-0AP0
3RA2120-4CE27-0AP0
3RA2120-4DE27-0AP0
3RA2120-4NE27-0AP0
3RA2120-4EE27-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
21-2AA00

S00
ToC
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA20
11-1GA20
11-1HA20
15-2AP01
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA20
11-1KA20
11-4AA20
16-2AP01
17-2AP01
18-2AP01
11-2AA00
A
A
A
3RA2110-1FE15-1AP0
3RA2110-1GE15-1AP0
3RA2110-1HE15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
A
A
A
3RA2110-1JE16-1AP0
3RA2110-1KE17-1AP0
3RA2110-4AE18-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D

1)
2)
3)
4)

8/21
S00
3RV20
Siemens AG 2015
3RA2110
Size
3RA2120
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard
output
P
Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC


possible1)
3RA2150
Setting range
for thermal
single devices
overload release
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)
Motor
starter
protector
+
Contactor
DT
+
Link module
PS*
PG
Screw terminals
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S00
S0
S2
3RV20
3RT20
3RA
15-1BB41
1921-1DA00 A
A
A
3RA2110-0BA15-1BB4
3RA2110-0CA15-1BB4
3RA2110-0DA15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
ToC
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA10
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
A
A
A
3RA2110-0EA15-1BB4
3RA2110-0FA15-1BB4
3RA2110-0GA15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
A
A
A
3RA2110-0HA15-1BB4
3RA2110-0JA15-1BB4
3RA2110-0KA15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1CA10
A
A
A
3RA2110-1AA15-1BB4
3RA2110-1BA15-1BB4
3RA2110-1CA15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
A
A
3RA2110-1DA15-1BB4
3RA2110-1EA15-1BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
24-1BB40
2921-1BA00 A
A
A
A
A
3RA2120-1FA24-0BB4
3RA2120-1GA24-0BB4
3RA2120-1HA24-0BB4
3RA2120-1JA24-0BB4
3RA2120-1KA24-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA10
26-1BB40
3RA2120-4AA26-0BB4
1 unit
41D
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
22
22
28
294)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA10
21-4CA10
21-4DA10
21-4NA10
21-4EA10
27-1BB40
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2120-4BA27-0BB4
3RA2120-4CA27-0BB4
3RA2120-4DA27-0BB4
3RA2120-4NA27-0BB4
3RA2120-4EA27-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
15
18.5
18.5
22
22
29
35
35
41
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 36
32 ... 40
35 ... 45
42 ... 52
32-4EA10
32-4PA10
32-4UA10
32-4VA10
32-4WA10
35-1NB30
2931-1AA00 A
A
A
A
A
3RA2150-4EA35-0NB3
3RA2150-4PA35-0NB3
3RA2150-4UA35-0NB3
3RA2150-4VA36-0NB3
3RA2150-4WA36-0NB3
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
30
30
375)
55
55
66
49 ... 59
54 ... 65
62 ... 73
32-4XA10
32-4JA10
32-4KA10
A
A
A
3RA2150-4XA37-0NB3
3RA2150-4JA37-0NB3
3RA2150-4KA38-0NB3
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
36-1NB30
37-1NB30
38-1NB30

S00
ToC
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
15-1BB41
1921-1DA00 A
A
A
3RA2110-1FA15-1BB4
3RA2110-1GA15-1BB4
3RA2110-1HA15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
11-4AA10
16-1BB41
17-1BB41
18-1BB41
A
A
A
3RA2110-1JA16-1BB4
3RA2110-1KA17-1BB4
3RA2110-4AA18-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D

1)
2)
3)
8/22
4)
5)

Siemens AG 2015


possible1)
3RA2130
Size
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
single devices
overload release
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)
Motor
starter
protector
+
Contactor
DT
+
Link module
PS*
PG
Screw terminals
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

3RT20
3RA
35-1NB30
2931-1AA00 A
A
A
A
A
3RA2130-4EA35-0NB3
3RA2130-4PA35-0NB3
3RA2130-4UA35-0NB3
3RA2130-4VA36-0NB3
3RA2130-4WA36-0NB3
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
A
A
A
3RA2130-4XA37-0NB3
3RA2130-4JA37-0NB3
3RA2130-4KA38-0NB3
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
15
18.5
18.5
22
22
29
35
35
41
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 36
32 ... 40
35 ... 45
42 ... 52
31-4EA10
31-4PA10
31-4UA10
31-4VA10
31-4WA10
30
30
375)
55
55
66
49 ... 59
54 ... 65
62 ... 73
31-4XA10
31-4JA10
31-4KA10
36-1NB30
37-1NB30
38-1NB30
ToC

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

8/23
S2
3RV20
Siemens AG 2015


possible1)
3RA2110
Size
3RA2120
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
single devices
overload release
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)
Motor
starter
protector
+
Contactor
DT
+
Link module
PS*
PG
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S00
S0
3RV20
3RT20
3RA29
15-2BB41
11-2AA00
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA20
11-0CA20
11-0DA20
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55
0.75
0.75
ToC
A
A
A
3RA2110-0BE15-1BB4
3RA2110-0CE15-1BB4
3RA2110-0DE15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
11-0EA20
11-0FA20
11-0GA20
A
A
A
3RA2110-0EE15-1BB4
3RA2110-0FE15-1BB4
3RA2110-0GE15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA20
11-0JA20
11-0KA20
A
A
A
3RA2110-0HE15-1BB4
3RA2110-0JE15-1BB4
3RA2110-0KE15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA20
11-1BA20
11-1CA20
A
A
A
3RA2110-1AE15-1BB4
3RA2110-1BE15-1BB4
3RA2110-1CE15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA20
11-1EA20
A
A
3RA2110-1DE15-1BB4
3RA2110-1EE15-1BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
21-1FA20
21-1GA20
21-1HA20
21-1JA20
21-1KA20
24-2BB40
C
C
C
C
C
3RA2120-1FE24-0BB4
3RA2120-1GE24-0BB4
3RA2120-1HE24-0BB4
3RA2120-1JE24-0BB4
3RA2120-1KE24-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA20
26-2BB40
3RA2120-4AE26-0BB4
1 unit
41D
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
22
22
28
294)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA20
21-4CA20
21-4DA20
21-4NA20
21-4EA20
27-2BB40
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2120-4BE27-0BB4
3RA2120-4CE27-0BB4
3RA2120-4DE27-0BB4
3RA2120-4NE27-0BB4
3RA2120-4EE27-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
21-2AA00

S00
ToC
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA20
11-1GA20
11-1HA20
15-2BB41
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA20
11-1KA20
11-4AA20
16-2BB41
17-2BB41
18-2BB40

1)
2)

8/24
11-2AA00
A
A
A
3RA2110-1FE15-1BB4
3RA2110-1GE15-1BB4
3RA2110-1HE15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
A
A
A
3RA2110-1JE16-1BB4
3RA2110-1KE17-1BB4
3RA2110-4AE18-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
3)
4)

Siemens AG 2015
3RA21 direct-on-line starters for 60 mm busbars


With busbar adapter

3RA2110
Size
3RA2120
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC2)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
single devices
overload release
Motor
starter
protector
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)
+
Contactor
DT
+
Link module
+
Busbar
adapter
PS*
PG
Screw terminals
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S0
S2
3RT20
3RA
15-1AP01
1921-1DA00 A
+ 8US1251- A
5DS10
A
3RA2110-0BD15-1AP0
3RA2110-0CD15-1AP0
3RA2110-0DD15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA10
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
A
A
A
3RA2110-0ED15-1AP0
3RA2110-0FD15-1AP0
3RA2110-0GD15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
A
A
A
3RA2110-0HD15-1AP0
3RA2110-0JD15-1AP0
3RA2110-0KD15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1CA10
A
A
A
3RA2110-1AD15-1AP0
3RA2110-1BD15-1AP0
3RA2110-1CD15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
A
A
3RA2110-1DD15-1AP0
3RA2110-1ED15-1AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
24-1AP00
2921-1AA00 A
+ 8US1251- A
5DT10
A
A
A
3RA2120-1FD24-0AP0
3RA2120-1GD24-0AP0
3RA2120-1HD24-0AP0
3RA2120-1JD24-0AP0
3RA2120-1KD24-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
15.5
22
22
28
293)
10 ... 16
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4AA10
21-4BA10
21-4CA10
21-4DA10
21-4NA10
21-4EA10
26-1AP00
27-1AP00
2921-1AA00 A
+ 8US1251- B
5NT10
A
A
A
A
3RA2120-4AD26-0AP0
3RA2120-4BD27-0AP0
3RA2120-4CD27-0AP0
3RA2120-4DD27-0AP0
3RA2120-4ND27-0AP0
3RA2120-4ED27-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
15
18.5
18.5
22
22
29
35
35
41
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 36
32 ... 40
35 ... 45
42 ... 52
32-4EA10
32-4PA10
32-4UA10
32-4VA10
32-4WA10
35-1AP00
2931-1AA00
+ 8US12616MT10
Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.
30
30
374)
55
55
66
49 ... 59
54 ... 65
62 ... 73
32-4XA10
32-4JA10
32-4KA10
36-1AP00
37-1AP00
38-1AP00

S00
ToC
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
15-1AP01
1921-1DA00 A
+ 8US1251- A
5DS10
A
3RA2110-1FD15-1AP0
3RA2110-1GD15-1AP0
3RA2110-1HD15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
11-4AA10
16-1AP01
17-1AP01
18-1AP01
A
A
A
3RA2110-1JD16-1AP0
3RA2110-1KD17-1AP0
3RA2110-4AD18-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
3)
4)
1)

2) The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be
8/25
S00
ToC
3RV20
Siemens AG 2015

With busbar adapter

3RA2110
Size
3RA2120
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC2)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
single devices
overload release
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)
Motor
starter
protector
+
Contactor
DT
+
Link module
+
Busbar
adapter
PS*
PG
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S00
S0
3RV20
3RT20
3RA29
15-2AP01
11-2AA00
A
+ 8US1251- A
5DT11
A
3RA2110-0BH15-1AP0
3RA2110-0CH15-1AP0
3RA2110-0DH15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
ToC
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA20
11-0CA20
11-0DA20
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
11-0EA20
11-0FA20
11-0GA20
A
A
A
3RA2110-0EH15-1AP0
3RA2110-0FH15-1AP0
3RA2110-0GH15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA20
11-0JA20
11-0KA20
A
A
A
3RA2110-0HH15-1AP0
3RA2110-0JH15-1AP0
3RA2110-0KH15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA20
11-1BA20
11-1CA20
A
A
A
3RA2110-1AH15-1AP0
3RA2110-1BH15-1AP0
3RA2110-1CH15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA20
11-1EA20
A
A
3RA2110-1DH15-1AP0
3RA2110-1EH15-1AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
21-1FA20
21-1GA20
21-1HA20
21-1JA20
21-1KA20
24-2AP00
21-2AA00
C
+ 8US1251- C
5NT113)
C
C
C
3RA2120-1FH24-0AP0
3RA2120-1GH24-0AP0
3RA2120-1HH24-0AP0
3RA2120-1JH24-0AP0
3RA2120-1KH24-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA20
26-2AP00
3RA2120-4AH26-0AP0
1 unit
41D
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
22
22
28
294)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA20
21-4CA20
21-4DA20
21-4NA20
21-4EA20
27-2AP00
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2120-4BH27-0AP0
3RA2120-4CH27-0AP0
3RA2120-4DH27-0AP0
3RA2120-4NH27-0AP0
3RA2120-4EH27-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D

S00
ToC
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA20
11-1GA20
11-1HA20
15-2AP01
11-2AA00
A
+ 8US1251- A
5DT11
A
3RA2110-1FH15-1AP0
3RA2110-1GH15-1AP0
3RA2110-1HH15-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA20
11-1KA20
11-4AA20
16-2AP01
17-2AP01
18-2AP01
A
A
A
3RA2110-1JH16-1AP0
3RA2110-1KH17-1AP0
3RA2110-4AH18-1AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D

1)
2)
3)
A 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size

S0 with spring-type terminals is included in the scope of supply.
4)
8/26

Siemens AG 2015

With busbar adapter

3RA2110
Size
3RA2120
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC2)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
single devices
overload release
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)
Motor
starter
protector
+
Contactor
DT
+
Link module
+
Busbar
adapter
PS*
PG
Screw terminals
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S0
S2
3RT20
3RA
15-1BB41
1921-1DA00 A
+ 8US1251- A
5DS10
A
3RA2110-0BD15-1BB4
3RA2110-0CD15-1BB4
3RA2110-0DD15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
ToC
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA10
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
A
A
A
3RA2110-0ED15-1BB4
3RA2110-0FD15-1BB4
3RA2110-0GD15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
A
A
A
3RA2110-0HD15-1BB4
3RA2110-0JD15-1BB4
3RA2110-0KD15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1CA10
A
A
A
3RA2110-1AD15-1BB4
3RA2110-1BD15-1BB4
3RA2110-1CD15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
A
A
3RA2110-1DD15-1BB4
3RA2110-1ED15-1BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
24-1BB40
2921-1BA00 A
+ 8US1251- A
5DT10
A
A
A
3RA2120-1FD24-0BB4
3RA2120-1GD24-0BB4
3RA2120-1HD24-0BB4
3RA2120-1JD24-0BB4
3RA2120-1KD24-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA10
26-1BB40
1 unit
41D
15.5
22
22
28
293)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA10
21-4CA10
21-4DA10
21-4NA10
21-4EA10
27-1BB40
2921-1BA00 A
+ 8US1251- B
5NT10
A
A
A
A
3RA2120-4AD26-0BB4
7.5
11
11
15
15
3RA2120-4BD27-0BB4
3RA2120-4CD27-0BB4
3RA2120-4DD27-0BB4
3RA2120-4ND27-0BB4
3RA2120-4ED27-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
15
18.5
18.5
22
22
29
35
35
41
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 36
32 ... 40
35 ... 45
42 ... 52
32-4EA10
32-4PA10
32-4UA10
32-4VA10
32-4WA10
35-1NB30
2931-1AA00
+ 8US12616MT10
30
30
374)
55
55
66
49 ... 59
54 ... 65
62 ... 73
32-4XA10
32-4JA10
32-4KA10
36-1NB30
37-1NB30
38-1NB30

S00
ToC
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
15-1BB41
1921-1DA00 A
+ 8US1251- A
5DS10
A
3RA2110-1FD15-1BB4
3RA2110-1GD15-1BB4
3RA2110-1HD15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
11-4AA10
16-1BB41
17-1BB41
18-1BB41
A
A
A
3RA2110-1JD16-1BB4
3RA2110-1KD17-1BB4
3RA2110-4AD18-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D

1)
2)

3)
4)
8/27
S00
3RV20
Siemens AG 2015

With busbar adapter

3RA2110
Size
3RA2120
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC2)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
single devices
overload release
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)
Motor
starter
protector
+
Contactor
DT
+
Link module
+
Busbar
adapter
PS*
PG
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S00
S0
3RV20
3RT20
3RA29
15-2BB41
11-2AA00
A
+ 8US1251- A
5DT11
A
3RA2110-0BH15-1BB4
3RA2110-0CH15-1BB4
3RA2110-0DH15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
ToC
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA20
11-0CA20
11-0DA20
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
11-0EA20
11-0FA20
11-0GA20
A
A
A
3RA2110-0EH15-1BB4
3RA2110-0FH15-1BB4
3RA2110-0GH15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA20
11-0JA20
11-0KA20
A
A
A
3RA2110-0HH15-1BB4
3RA2110-0JH15-1BB4
3RA2110-0KH15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA20
11-1BA20
11-1CA20
A
A
A
3RA2110-1AH15-1BB4
3RA2110-1BH15-1BB4
3RA2110-1CH15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA20
11-1EA20
A
A
3RA2110-1DH15-1BB4
3RA2110-1EH15-1BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
21-1FA20
21-1GA20
21-1HA20
21-1JA20
21-1KA20
24-2BB40
21-2AA00
C
+ 8US1251- C
5NT11
C
C
C
3RA2120-1FH24-0BB4
3RA2120-1GH24-0BB4
3RA2120-1HH24-0BB4
3RA2120-1JH24-0BB4
3RA2120-1KH24-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA20
26-2BB40
3RA2120-4AH26-0BB4
1 unit
41D
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
22
22
28
293)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA20
21-4CA20
21-4DA20
21-4NA20
21-4EA20
27-2BB40
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2120-4BH27-0BB4
3RA2120-4CH27-0BB4
3RA2120-4DH27-0BB4
3RA2120-4NH27-0BB4
3RA2120-4EH27-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D

S00
ToC
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA20
11-1GA20
11-1HA20
15-2BB41
11-2AA00
A
+ 8US1251- A
5DT11
A
3RA2110-1FH15-1BB4
3RA2110-1GH15-1BB4
3RA2110-1HH15-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA20
11-1KA20
11-4AA20
16-2BB41
17-2BB41
18-2BB40
A
A
A
3RA2110-1JH16-1BB4
3RA2110-1KH17-1BB4
3RA2110-4AH18-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D

1)
2)
3)
8/28

Siemens AG 2015
3RA22 reversing starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing

Reversing duty
3RA2210
Size


possible1)
Without standard mounting rail adapter for size S00
With 2 standard mounting rail adapters for size S0 for mechanical reinforcement (included in the scope of supply)
With contactor sizes S0 and S2, an integrated NO contact
is still available for free use
3RA2220
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Motor
current I
(guide
value)
DT

single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+2
+ Link
contactors module
+ Assembly
kit RH4)/
Wiring kit
PS*
PG
Screw terminals
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S0
S2
3RT20
3RA
15-1AP02
1921-1DA00 A
+ 2913-2AA1 A
A
3RA2210-0BA15-2AP0
3RA2210-0CA15-2AP0
3RA2210-0DA15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
ToC
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA10
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
A
A
A
3RA2210-0EA15-2AP0
3RA2210-0FA15-2AP0
3RA2210-0GA15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
A
A
A
3RA2210-0HA15-2AP0
3RA2210-0JA15-2AP0
3RA2210-0KA15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1CA10
A
A
A
3RA2210-1AA15-2AP0
3RA2210-1BA15-2AP0
3RA2210-1CA15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
A
A
3RA2210-1DA15-2AP0
3RA2210-1EA15-2AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
24-1AP00
2921-1AA00 A
+ 2923-1BB1 A
A
A
A
3RA2220-1FB24-0AP0
3RA2220-1GB24-0AP0
3RA2220-1HB24-0AP0
3RA2220-1JB24-0AP0
3RA2220-1KB24-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA10
26-1AP00
3RA2220-4AB26-0AP0
1 unit
41D
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
22
22
28
295)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA10
21-4CA10
21-4DA10
21-4NA10
21-4EA10
27-1AP00
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2220-4BB27-0AP0
3RA2220-4CB27-0AP0
3RA2220-4DB27-0AP0
3RA2220-4NB27-0AP0
3RA2220-4EB27-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
15
18.5
18.5
22
22
29
35
35
41
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 36
32 ... 40
35 ... 45
42 ... 52
32-4EA10
32-4PA10
32-4UA10
32-4VA10
32-4WA10
35-1AP00
30
30
55
55
49 ... 59
54 ... 65
32-4XA10
32-4JA10
37-1AP00
376)
66
62 ... 73
32-4KA10
38-1AP00
2931-1AA00
+ 2933-1BB1
36-1AP00

1)
2)
3)
4)
RH = assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in sizes
S0 and S2.

5)
6)
8/29
S00
3RV20
Siemens AG 2015
Reversing duty
3RA2210
Size

possible1)
With 2 standard mounting rail adapters for size S0 for
mechanical reinforcement (included in the scope of supply)
3RA2220
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)

Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
StanMotor
dard
current I
output P (guide
value)

single devices
Motor
starter
protector
DT
+2
+ Link
contactors module
+ Assembly
kit RH4)/
Wiring kit
PS*
PG
Screw terminals
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

3RV20
3RT20
3RA
ToC
S00
S00
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
15-1AP02
1921-1DA00 A
+ 2913-2AA1 A
A
3RA2210-1FA15-2AP0
3RA2210-1GA15-2AP0
3RA2210-1HA15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
11-4AA10
16-1AP02
17-1AP02
18-1AP02
A
A
A
3RA2210-1JA16-2AP0
3RA2210-1KA17-2AP0
3RA2210-4AA18-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
ToC

1)
2)
3)
4)
S0 and S2.
8/30

Siemens AG 2015
Reversing duty
3RA2210
Size


possible1)
With the contactor S0, an integrated NO contact is still
available for free use
3RA2220
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)
DT

single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+2
+ Link module
contactors + Assembly kit
RH4)/Wiring kit
PS*
PG
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S0
3RT20
3RA29
15-2AP02
11-2AA00
+ 29 3-2AA2
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA20
11-0CA20
11-0DA20
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55
0.75
0.75
ToC
A
A
A
3RA2210-0BE15-2AP0
3RA2210-0CE15-2AP0
3RA2210-0DE15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
11-0EA20
11-0FA20
11-0GA20
A
A
A
3RA2210-0EE15-2AP0
3RA2210-0FE15-2AP0
3RA2210-0GE15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA20
11-0JA20
11-0KA20
A
A
A
3RA2210-0HE15-2AP0
3RA2210-0JE15-2AP0
3RA2210-0KE15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA20
11-1BA20
11-1CA20
A
A
A
3RA2210-1AE15-2AP0
3RA2210-1BE15-2AP0
3RA2210-1CE15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA20
11-1EA20
A
A
3RA2210-1DE15-2AP0
3RA2210-1EE15-2AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
21-1FA20
21-1GA20
21-1HA20
21-1JA20
21-1KA20
24-2AP00
C
21-2AA00
+ 2923-1BB25) C
C
C
C
3RA2220-1FF24-0AP0
3RA2220-1GF24-0AP0
3RA2220-1HF24-0AP0
3RA2220-1JF24-0AP0
3RA2220-1KF24-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA20
26-2AP00
3RA2220-4AF26-0AP0
1 unit
41D
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
22
22
28
296)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA20
21-4CA20
21-4DA20
21-4NA20
21-4EA20
27-2AP00
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2220-4BF27-0AP0
3RA2220-4CF27-0AP0
3RA2220-4DF27-0AP0
3RA2220-4NF27-0AP0
3RA2220-4EF27-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D

S00
S00
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA20
11-1GA20
11-1HA20
15-2AP02
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA20
11-1KA20
11-4AA20
16-2AP02
17-2AP02
18-2AP02
ToC
11-2AA00
+ 2913-2AA2

1)
2)
3)
4)
RH = assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S0.

A
A
A
3RA2210-1FE15-2AP0
3RA2210-1GE15-2AP0
3RA2210-1HE15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
A
A
A
3RA2210-1JE16-2AP0
3RA2210-1KE17-2AP0
3RA2210-4AE18-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
5)
The RH assembly kit also includes the 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for height
compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals.
6)
8/31
S00
3RV20
Siemens AG 2015
Reversing duty
3RA2210
Size


possible1)
With contactor sizes S0 and S2, an integrated
NO contact is still available for free use
3RA2220
Standard
three-phase motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Motor
current I
(guide
value)
DT

single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+2
+ Link
contactors module
+ Assembly
kit RH4)/
Wiring kit
PS*
PG
Screw terminals
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S00
S0
S2
3RV20
3RT20
3RA
15-1BB42
1921-1DA00 A
+ 2913-2AA1 A
A
3RA2210-0BA15-2BB4
3RA2210-0CA15-2BB4
3RA2210-0DA15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
ToC
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA10
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
A
A
A
3RA2210-0EA15-2BB4
3RA2210-0FA15-2BB4
3RA2210-0GA15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
A
A
A
3RA2210-0HA15-2BB4
3RA2210-0JA15-2BB4
3RA2210-0KA15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1CA10
A
A
A
3RA2210-1AA15-2BB4
3RA2210-1BA15-2BB4
3RA2210-1CA15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
A
A
3RA2210-1DA15-2BB4
3RA2210-1EA15-2BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
24-1BB40
2921-1BA00 A
+ 2923-1BB1 A
A
A
A
3RA2220-1FB24-0BB4
3RA2220-1GB24-0BB4
3RA2220-1HB24-0BB4
3RA2220-1JB24-0BB4
3RA2220-1KB24-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
15.5
22
22
28
295)
10 ... 16
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4AA10
21-4BA10
21-4CA10
21-4DA10
21-4NA10
21-4EA10
26-1BB40
27-1BB40
A
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2220-4AB26-0BB4
3RA2220-4BB27-0BB4
3RA2220-4CB27-0BB4
3RA2220-4DB27-0BB4
3RA2220-4NB27-0BB4
3RA2220-4EB27-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
15
29
35
35
41
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 36
32 ... 40
35 ... 45
42 ... 52
32-4EA10
32-4PA10
32-4UA10
32-4VA10
32-4WA10
35-1NB30
18.5
18.5
22
22
30
30
376)
55
55
66
49 ... 59
54 ... 65
62 ... 73
32-4XA10
32-4JA10
32-4KA10
2931-1AA00
+ 2933-1BB1
36-1NB30
37-1NB30
38-1NB30

S00
S00
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
15-1BB42
1921-1DA00 A
+ 2913-2AA1 A
A
3RA2210-1FA15-2BB4
3RA2210-1GA15-2BB4
3RA2210-1HA15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
11-4AA10
16-1BB42
17-1BB42
18-1BB42
A
A
A
3RA2210-1JA16-2BB4
3RA2210-1KA17-2BB4
3RA2210-4AA18-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
ToC
4)
S0 and S2.
5)
6)
1)

2)
3)
8/32

Siemens AG 2015
Reversing duty
3RA2210
Size

possible1)
3RA2220
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)


single devices
Motor
starter
protector
DT
+2
+ Link module
RH4)/Wiring kit
PS*
PG
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S0
3RT20
3RA29
15-2BB42
11-2AA00
+ 2913-2AA2
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA20
11-0CA20
11-0DA20
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55
0.75
0.75
ToC
A
A
A
3RA2210-0BE15-2BB4
3RA2210-0CE15-2BB4
3RA2210-0DE15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
11-0EA20
11-0FA20
11-0GA20
A
A
A
3RA2210-0EE15-2BB4
3RA2210-0FE15-2BB4
3RA2210-0GE15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA20
11-0JA20
11-0KA20
A
A
A
3RA2210-0HE15-2BB4
3RA2210-0JE15-2BB4
3RA2210-0KE15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA20
11-1BA20
11-1CA20
A
A
A
3RA2210-1AE15-2BB4
3RA2210-1BE15-2BB4
3RA2210-1CE15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA20
11-1EA20
A
A
3RA2210-1DE15-2BB4
3RA2210-1EE15-2BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
21-1FA20
21-1GA20
21-1HA20
21-1JA20
21-1KA20
24-2BB40
C
C
C
C
C
3RA2220-1FF24-0BB4
3RA2220-1GF24-0BB4
3RA2220-1HF24-0BB4
3RA2220-1JF24-0BB4
3RA2220-1KF24-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA20
26-2BB40
3RA2220-4AF26-0BB4
1 unit
41D
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
22
22
28
295)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA20
21-4CA20
21-4DA20
21-4NA20
21-4EA20
27-2BB40
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2220-4BF27-0BB4
3RA2220-4CF27-0BB4
3RA2220-4DF27-0BB4
3RA2220-4NF27-0BB4
3RA2220-4EF27-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
21-2AA00
+ 2923-1BB2

S00
S00
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA20
11-1GA20
11-1HA20
15-2BB42
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA20
11-1KA20
11-4AA20
16-2BB42
17-2BB42
18-2BB42
ToC
11-2AA00
+ 2913-2AA2
A
A
A
3RA2210-1FE15-2BB4
3RA2210-1GE15-2BB4
3RA2210-1HE15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
A
A
A
3RA2210-1JE16-2BB4
3RA2210-1KE17-2BB4
3RA2210-4AE18-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D

1)
2)
3)
4)
RH = assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S0.
5)

8/33
S00
3RV20
Siemens AG 2015
3RA22 reversing starters for 60 mm busbars

Reversing duty

With busbar adapter and device holder (included in the

scope of supply)
module
3RA2210
Size
3RA2220
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC2)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Motor
current I
(guide
value)

single devices
Motor
starter
protector
DT
+2
+ Link
contactors module
+ Assembly
kit RS3)/
Wiring kit
PS*
PG
Screw terminals
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S00
S0
S2
3RV20
3RT20
3RA
15-1AP02
1921-1DA00 A
+ 2913-1DB1 A
A
3RA2210-0BD15-2AP0
3RA2210-0CD15-2AP0
3RA2210-0DD15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
ToC
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA10
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
A
A
A
3RA2210-0ED15-2AP0
3RA2210-0FD15-2AP0
3RA2210-0GD15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
A
A
A
3RA2210-0HD15-2AP0
3RA2210-0JD15-2AP0
3RA2210-0KD15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1CA10
A
A
A
3RA2210-1AD15-2AP0
3RA2210-1BD15-2AP0
3RA2210-1CD15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
A
A
3RA2210-1DD15-2AP0
3RA2210-1ED15-2AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11-1FA10 24-1AP00
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
2921-1AA00 A
+ 2923-1DB1 A
A
A
A
3RA2220-1FD24-0AP0
3RA2220-1GD24-0AP0
3RA2220-1HD24-0AP0
3RA2220-1JD24-0AP0
3RA2220-1KD24-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA10
26-1AP00
3RA2220-4AD26-0AP0
1 unit
41D
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
22
22
28
294)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA10
21-4CA10
21-4DA10
21-4NA10
21-4EA10
27-1AP00
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2220-4BD27-0AP0
3RA2220-4CD27-0AP0
3RA2220-4DD27-0AP0
3RA2220-4ND27-0AP0
3RA2220-4ED27-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
15
18.5
18.5
22
22
29
35
35
41
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 36
32 ... 40
35 ... 45
42 ... 52
32-4EA10 35-1AP00
32-4PA10
32-4UA10
32-4VA10 36-1AP00
32-4WA10
30
30
55
55
49 ... 59
54 ... 65
32-4XA10
32-4JA10
37-1AP00
375)
66
62 ... 73
32-4KA10
38-1AP00
2931-1AA00
+ 2933-1DB1

1)
2)
3)
RS = assembly kit for reversing duty and busbar mounting
4)
5)
8/34

Siemens AG 2015
Reversing duty


scope of supply)
module
3RA2210
Size
3RA2220
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC2)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Motor
current I
(guide
value)

single devices
Motor
starter
protector
DT
+2
+ Link
contactors module
+ Assembly
kit RS3)/
Wiring kit
PS*
PG
Screw terminals
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S00
S00
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
15-1AP02
1921-1DA00 A
+ 2913-1DB1 A
A
3RA2210-1FD15-2AP0
3RA2210-1GD15-2AP0
3RA2210-1HD15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
11-4AA10
16-1AP02
17-1AP02
18-1AP02
A
A
A
3RA2210-1JD16-2AP0
3RA2210-1KD17-2AP0
3RA2210-4AD18-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
ToC

1)
2)

8/35
Siemens AG 2015
Reversing duty


scope of supply)
module
3RA2210
Size
3RA2220
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC2)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)
DT

single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+2
+ Link module
RS3)/Wiring kit
PS*
PG
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S00
S0
3RV20
3RT20
3RA29
15-2AP02
11-2AA00
+ 2913-1DB2
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA20
11-0CA20
11-0DA20
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55
0.75
0.75
ToC
A
A
A
3RA2210-0BH15-2AP0
3RA2210-0CH15-2AP0
3RA2210-0DH15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
11-0EA20
11-0FA20
11-0GA20
A
A
A
3RA2210-0EH15-2AP0
3RA2210-0FH15-2AP0
3RA2210-0GH15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA20
11-0JA20
11-0KA20
A
A
A
3RA2210-0HH15-2AP0
3RA2210-0JH15-2AP0
3RA2210-0KH15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA20
11-1BA20
11-1CA20
A
A
A
3RA2210-1AH15-2AP0
3RA2210-1BH15-2AP0
3RA2210-1CH15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA20
11-1EA20
A
A
3RA2210-1DH15-2AP0
3RA2210-1EH15-2AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
21-1FA20
21-1GA20
21-1HA20
21-1JA20
21-1KA20
24-2AP00
C
21-2AA00
+ 2923-1DB24) C
C
C
C
3RA2220-1FH24-0AP0
3RA2220-1GH24-0AP0
3RA2220-1HH24-0AP0
3RA2220-1JH24-0AP0
3RA2220-1KH24-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA20
26-2AP00
3RA2220-4AH26-0AP0
1 unit
41D
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
22
22
28
295)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA20
21-4CA20
21-4DA20
21-4NA20
21-4EA20
27-2AP00
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2220-4BH27-0AP0
3RA2220-4CH27-0AP0
3RA2220-4DH27-0AP0
3RA2220-4NH27-0AP0
3RA2220-4EH27-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D

S00
S00
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA20
11-1GA20
11-1HA20
15-2AP02
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA20
11-1KA20
11-4AA20
16-2AP02
17-2AP02
18-2AP02
ToC
11-2AA00
+ 2913-1DB2

1)
2)
3)
8/36
A
A
A
3RA2210-1FH15-2AP0
3RA2210-1GH15-2AP0
3RA2210-1HH15-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
A
A
A
3RA2210-1JH16-2AP0
3RA2210-1KH17-2AP0
3RA2210-4AH18-2AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
4)
The RS assembly kit also includes the 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for height
compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals.
5)

Siemens AG 2015
Reversing duty
3RA2210
Size


scope of supply)
module
With contactor sizes S0 and S2, an integrated
NO contact is still available for free use
3RA2220
Standard
three-phase motor
4-pole at
400 V AC2)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Motor
current I
(guide
value)
DT

single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+2
+ Link
contactors module
+ Assembly
kit RS3)/
Wiring kit
PS*
PG
Screw terminals
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S0
S2
3RT20
3RA
15-1BB42
1921-1DA00 A
+ 2913-1DB1 A
A
3RA2210-0BD15-2BB4
3RA2210-0CD15-2BB4
3RA2210-0DD15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
ToC
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA10
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
A
A
A
3RA2210-0ED15-2BB4
3RA2210-0FD15-2BB4
3RA2210-0GD15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
A
A
A
3RA2210-0HD15-2BB4
3RA2210-0JD15-2BB4
3RA2210-0KD15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1CA10
A
A
A
3RA2210-1AD15-2BB4
3RA2210-1BD15-2BB4
3RA2210-1CD15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
A
A
3RA2210-1DD15-2BB4
3RA2210-1ED15-2BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
24-1BB40
2921-1BA00 A
+ 2923-1DB1 A
A
A
A
3RA2220-1FD24-0BB4
3RA2220-1GD24-0BB4
3RA2220-1HD24-0BB4
3RA2220-1JD24-0BB4
3RA2220-1KD24-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA10
26-1BB40
3RA2220-4AD26-0BB4
1 unit
41D
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
22
22
28
294)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA10
21-4CA10
21-4DA10
21-4NA10
21-4EA10
27-1BB40
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2220-4BD27-0BB4
3RA2220-4CD27-0BB4
3RA2220-4DD27-0BB4
3RA2220-4ND27-0BB4
3RA2220-4ED27-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
15
18.5
18.5
22
22
29
35
35
41
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 36
32 ... 40
35 ... 45
42 ... 52
32-4EA10 35-1NB30
32-4PA10
32-4UA10
32-4VA10 36-1NB30
32-4WA10
30
30
375)
55
55
66
49 ... 59
54 ... 65
62 ... 73
32-4XA10
32-4JA10
32-4KA10
2931-1AA00
+ 2933-1DB1
37-1NB30
38-1NB30

S00
S00
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
15-1BB42
1921-1DA00 A
+ 2913-1DB1 A
A
3RA2210-1FD15-2BB4
3RA2210-1GD15-2BB4
3RA2210-1HD15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA10
11-1KA10
11-4AA10
16-1BB42
17-1BB42
18-1BB42
A
A
A
3RA2210-1JD16-2BB4
3RA2210-1KD17-2BB4
3RA2210-4AD18-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
ToC

1)
2)
3)

4)
5)
8/37
S00
3RV20
Siemens AG 2015
Reversing duty


scope of supply)
module
3RA2210
Size
3RA2220
Standard
three-phase
motor
4-pole at
400 V AC2)
Standard
output
P
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)
DT

single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+2
+ Link module
RS3)/Wiring kit
PS*
PG
Configurator
Article No.
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic
price
per PU

S00
S0
3RV20
3RT20
3RA29
15-2BB42
11-2AA00
+ 2913-1DB2
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2

0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
11-0BA20
11-0CA20
11-0DA20
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4

0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.6
0.85
1.1
0.55
0.75
0.75
ToC
A
A
A
3RA2210-0BH15-2BB4
3RA2210-0CH15-2BB4
3RA2210-0DH15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
11-0EA20
11-0FA20
11-0GA20
A
A
A
3RA2210-0EH15-2BB4
3RA2210-0FH15-2BB4
3RA2210-0GH15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
0.55 ... 0.8

0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
11-0HA20
11-0JA20
11-0KA20
A
A
A
3RA2210-0HH15-2BB4
3RA2210-0JH15-2BB4
3RA2210-0KH15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6

1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
11-1AA20
11-1BA20
11-1CA20
A
A
A
3RA2210-1AH15-2BB4
3RA2210-1BH15-2BB4
3RA2210-1CH15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
1.1
1.5
2.7
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2

2.8 ... 4
11-1DA20
11-1EA20
A
A
3RA2210-1DH15-2BB4
3RA2210-1EH15-2BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
21-1FA20
21-1GA20
21-1HA20
21-1JA20
21-1KA20
24-2BB40
C
C
C
C
C
3RA2220-1FH24-0BB4
3RA2220-1GH24-0BB4
3RA2220-1HH24-0BB4
3RA2220-1JH24-0BB4
3RA2220-1KH24-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
7.5
15.5
10 ... 16
21-4AA20
26-2BB40
3RA2220-4AH26-0BB4
1 unit
41D
7.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
22
22
28
294)
13 ... 20
16 ... 22
18 ... 25
23 ... 28
27 ... 32
21-4BA20
21-4CA20
21-4DA20
21-4NA20
21-4EA20
27-2BB40
B
A
A
A
A
3RA2220-4BH27-0BB4
3RA2220-4CH27-0BB4
3RA2220-4DH27-0BB4
3RA2220-4NH27-0BB4
3RA2220-4EH27-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
41D
41D
21-2AA00
+ 2923-1DB2

S00
S00
1.5
2.2
3
3.6
4.9
6.5
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
11-1FA20
11-1GA20
11-1HA20
15-2BB42
4
5.5
7.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
10 ... 16
11-1JA20
11-1KA20
11-4AA20
16-2BB42
17-2BB42
18-2BB42
ToC
11-2AA00
+ 2913-1DB2
A
A
A
3RA2210-1FH15-2BB4
3RA2210-1GH15-2BB4
3RA2210-1HH15-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
A
A
A
3RA2210-1JH16-2BB4
3RA2210-1KH17-2BB4
3RA2210-4AH18-2BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41D
41D
41D
3)
1)
4)
2)
8/38

Siemens AG 2015
Accessories
Overview
The accessories listed here are parts and add-ons for the
3RA2 direct-on-line and reversing starters as well as components for the customer assembly of fuseless load feeders.

Accessories for motor starter protectors
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41E
3RV2901-1E
3RV2901-2E
Version
3RV2901-1A
For motor starter protectors
3RV2901-2A
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Size
Auxiliary switches
Transverse auxiliary switches
for front mounting
1 CO
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
S00 to S2
}
}
}
3RV2901-1D
3RV2901-1E
3RV2901-1F
}
}
-3RV2901-2E
3RV2901-2F
3RV2901-1A
3RV2901-2A
Lateral auxiliary switches

mountable on the left
1 NO + 1 NC
1)
S0 to S2
Each motor starter protector can be fitted with one transverse and one
lateral auxiliary switch. The lateral auxiliary switch with 2 NO + 2 NC is
used without a transverse auxiliary switch.
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41E
3RV2902-1A..
3RV2902-2A..
Rated control supply voltage Us

AC
50 Hz
AC
60 Hz
AC
50/60 Hz
100 %
ON period1)
For motor starter protectors
DT
AC/DC
50/60 Hz,
DC
5s
ON period2)
V
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Size
Auxiliary releases for motor starter protectors3)

Undervoltage releases
230
240
Shunt releases
---
--
--
S0 to S2
3RV2902-1AP0
3RV2902-2AP0
210 ... 240
190 ... 330
S0 to S2
3RV2902-1DP0
3RV2902-2DP0
1)
The voltage range is valid for 100 % (infinite) ON period.

The response voltage lies at 0.9 of the lower limit of the voltage range.
2)
The voltage range is valid for 5 s ON period at AC 50/60Hz and DC. The
response voltage lies at 0.85 of the lower limit of the voltage range.
3)
One auxiliary release can be mounted on the right per motor starter
protector (does not apply to 3RV21 motor starter protectors with overload
relay function).

Complete range of accessories for the motor starter protectors

see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 7 "Protection Equipment"
"Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers" "SIRIUS 3RV2
Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers up to 80 A"
"Accessories".
8/39
Siemens AG 2015
Accessories
Accessories for contactors
For contactors
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Size
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front of contactors

Screw terminals
Cable entry from below
S00 ... S2
1-pole
- 1 NO
- 1 NC
3RH2911-1BA..
S00 ... S2
}
}
3RH2911-1BA10
3RH2911-1BA01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
}
}
3RH2911-1MA11
3RH2911-1MA20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
2-pole
- 1 NO + 1 NC
- 2 NO
3RH2911-1MA..
Auxiliary switch blocks for contactors, for lateral mounting

Screw terminals
3RH2911-1DA..
S00
S00
S00
2 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
A
A
A
3RH2911-1DA02
3RH2911-1DA11
3RH2911-1DA20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
S0/S2
S0/S2
S0/S2
2 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
A
A
A
3RH2921-1DA02
3RH2921-1DA11
3RH2921-1DA20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
Spring-type
terminals
S00
S00
S00
2 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
A
A
A
3RH2911-2DA02
3RH2911-2DA11
3RH2911-2DA20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
S0/S2
S0/S2
S0/S2
2 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
A
A
A
3RH2921-2DA02
3RH2921-2DA11
3RH2921-2DA20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
3RH2911-2DA..
Connection modules for contactors with screw terminals

(can be used only for direct-on-line starters)
Screw terminals
Adapters for contactors
Ambient temperature Tu max = 60 C
3RT1926-4RD01
S00
Rated operational current Ie

at AC-3/400 V: 20 A
3RT1916-4RD01
1 unit
41B
S0
Rated operational current Ie

at AC-3/400 V: 25 A
3RT1926-4RD01
1 unit
41B
3RT1900-4RE01
1 unit
41B
Plugs for contactors

S00, S0
--
3RT1900-4RE01
Complete range of accessories for the contactors see

Catalog IC 10, Chapter 3 "Switching Devices Contactors and
Contactor Assemblies" "Accessories and Spare Parts".
8/40

Siemens AG 2015
Accessories
For
contactors
Version
Type
Rated control supply DT

voltage Us1)
Article No.2)
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Surge suppressors without LED for contactors

Size S00
For plugging onto the front side of the contactors
with and without auxiliary switch blocks
3RT2.
3RT2.
Varistors
RC elements
3RT2916-1B.00
24 ... 48 AC,
24 ... 70 DC
3RT2916-1BB00
1 unit
41B
127 ... 240 AC,

150 ... 250 DC
3RT2916-1BD00
1 unit
41B
24 ... 48 AC,
24 ... 70 DC
3RT2916-1CB00
1 unit
41B
127 ... 240 AC,

150 ... 250 DC
3RT2916-1CD00
1 unit
41B
3RT2.
Noise suppression
diodes
12 ... 250 DC
3RT2916-1DG00
1 unit
41B
3RT2.
Diode assemblies
(diode and Zener
diode)
for DC operation and
short break times
12 ... 250 DC
3RT2916-1EH00
1 unit
41B
24 ... 48 AC,
24 ... 70 DC
3RT2926-1BB00
1 unit
41B
127 ... 240 AC,

150 ... 250 DC
3RT2926-1BD00
1 unit
41B
24 ... 48 AC,
24 ... 70 DC
3RT2926-1CB00
1 unit
41B
127 ... 240 AC,

150 ... 250 DC
3RT2926-1CD00
1 unit
41B
24 DC
3RT2926-1ER00
1 unit
41B
30 ... 250 DC
3RT2926-1ES00
1 unit
41B
Size S0
3RT20 2
3RT20 2
Varistors
RC elements
3RT2926-1E.00
3RT20 2
Diode assemblies
for DC operation and
short break times
Size S2
(prior to mounting of the auxiliary switch block)
3RT2.3.
3RT2.3.
Varistors
RC elements
3RT2936-1B.00
3RT2.3.
Diode assemblies
for DC operation
24 ... 48 AC,
24 ... 70 DC
127 ... 240 AC,
150 ... 250 DC
24 ... 48 AC,
24 ... 70 DC
127 ... 240 AC,
150 ... 250 DC
--,
24 DC
--,
30 ... 250 DC
3RT2936-1BB00
1 unit
41B
3RT2936-1BD00
1 unit
41B
3RT2936-1CB00
1 unit
41B
3RT2936-1CD00
1 unit
41B
3RT2936-1ER00
1 unit
41B
3RT2936-1ES00
1 unit
41B
3RT2936-1E.00
1)
Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz. Please inquire about further
voltages.
2)
For packs of 10 or 5 units, "-Z" and order code "X90" must be added to the
Article No.

8/41

(prior to mounting of the auxiliary switch block)
Siemens AG 2015
Accessories
Accessories for the customer assembly of fuseless load feeders
For
motor starter
protectors
For
contactors
Size
Size
Actuating voltage of
contactor
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Link modules from motor starter protector to contactor1)

Electrical and mechanical link between
motor starter protector and contactor
Screw terminals
Single-unit packaging
S00/S0
S00/S0
S00/S0
S2
S00
S0
S0
S2
AC and DC
AC
DC
AC and DC
}
A
A
A
3RA1921-1DA00
3RA2921-1AA00
3RA2921-1BA00
3RA2931-1AA00
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
AC and DC
AC
DC
AC and DC
}
A
A
A
3RA1921-1D
3RA2921-1A
3RA2921-1B
3RA2931-1A
1 10 units
1 10 units
1 10 units
1
5 units
41B
41B
41B
41B
3RA2921-1AA00
Multi-unit packaging
S00/S0
S00/S0
S00/S0
S2
S00
S0
S0
S2
3RA2931-1AA00
Electrical and mechanical link between
motor starter protector and contactor
Spring-type
terminals
S00
S0
S00
S0
AC and DC
AC3) and DC
}
}
3RA2911-2AA00
3RA2921-2AA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
AC and DC
AC3) and DC
}
}
3RA2911-2A
3RA2921-2A
1 10 units
1 10 units
41B
41B
AC and DC
AC3) and DC
}
}
3RA2911-2FA00
3RA2921-2FA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
AC and DC
AC3) and DC
}
}
3RA2911-2F
3RA2921-2F
1 10 units
1 10 units
41B
41B
3RA2911-2AA00
S00
S0
S00
S0
Hybrid link modules from motor starter protector to contactor2)

Mechanical and electrical connection between motor starter
protector with screw terminals and contactor with spring-type
terminals
S00
S0
S00
S0
3RA2911-2FA00
S00
S0
S00
S0
3RA2921-2FA00
Note:
Link modules can be used in
Sizes S00 and S0 up to max. 32 A
Size S2 up to max. 65 A
8/42
1)
The link modules from motor starter protector to contactor cannot be used
for the 3RV2.21-4PA1., 3RV2.21-4FA1., 3RV2.31-4K.1., 3RV2.31-4R.1.,
3RV2.32-4K.1., 3RV2.32-4R.1., 3RV27 and 3RV28 motor starter
protectors/circuit breakers.
2)
The hybrid modules from motor starter protector to contactor cannot be

used for the 3RV2.21-4PA1., 3RV2.21-4FA1., 3RV27 and 3RV28 motor
starter protectors/circuit breakers. They are only suitable for constructing
direct-on-line starters.
3)
A spacer for height compensation on AC contactors, size S0, is optionally

available, see page 8/46.

Siemens AG 2015
Accessories
For
motor starter protectors
For
soft starters
Size
Size
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Link modules from motor starter protector to soft starter1)

Electrical and mechanical link between motor starter
protector and soft starter
Screw terminals
S00/S0
S00/S0
3RA2921-1BA00
1 unit
41B
S22)
S2
3RA2931-1AA00
1 unit
41B
3RA2921-1BA00
S00/S0
S00/S0
3RA2921-1B
1 10 units
41B
S22)
S2
3RA2931-1A
5 units
41B
Electrical and mechanical link between motor starter

protector and soft starter
Spring-type
terminals
S00
S0
S00
S0
}
}
3RA2911-2GA00
3RA2921-2GA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
S00
S0
}
}
3RA2911-2G
3RA2921-2G
1 10 units
1 10 units
41B
41B
Note:
Link modules can be used in
Sizes S00 and S0 up to max. 32 A
Size S2 up to max. 65 A
1)
The link modules from motor starter protector to soft starter and from motor
starter protector to solid-state contactor cannot be used for the
3RV2.21-4PA1., 3RV2.21-4FA1., 3RV2.31-4K.1., 3RV2.31-4R.1.,
3RV2.32-4K.1., 3RV2.32-4R.1., 3RV27 and 3RV28 motor starter
protectors/circuit breakers.
2)
To assemble the feeder between a motor starter protector and a soft starter
in size S2, the 3RA2932-1AC00 standard mounting rail adapter must be
used.
For
Version
contactors
DT
Article No.
Size
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RA2921-2GA00
S00
S0
Wiring kits for contactors

Screw terminals
S00
S0
Reversing duty
Electrical and mechanical link for reversing
contactors, optionally with integrated
electrical and mechanical interlock
}
}
3RA2913-2AA1
3RA2923-2AA1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
3RA2933-2AA1
1 unit
41B
}
}
}
}
3RA2913-2BB1
3RA2923-2BB1
3RA2933-2C
3RA2933-2BB1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
3RA2923-2AA1
S2
S00
S0
S2-S2-S0
S2-S2-S2
The kit contains:

2 connecting pins for 2 contactors,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
for main and auxiliary circuits
Wye-delta starting
Electrical and mechanical link for three
contactors of same size
3RA2923-2BB1
Spring-type
terminals
S00
S0
S2
3RA2923-2AA2
S00
S0
S2-S2-S0
S2-S2-S2
Reversing duty
Electrical and mechanical link for reversing
contactors, optionally with integrated
electrical and mechanical interlock
The kit contains:
2 connecting pins for 2 contactors, wiring
modules on the top and bottom
for main circuits only
Wye-delta starting
Electrical and mechanical link for three
contactors of same size
}
}
3RA2913-2AA2
3RA2923-2AA2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
3RA2933-2AA2
1 unit
41B
}
}
}
B
3RA2913-2BB2
3RA2923-2BB2
3RA2933-2C
3RA2933-2BB2
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
Safety main current connectors for 2 contactors

Switches 2 contactors in series
S00
S0
S2
Screw terminals
A
A
A
3RA2916-1A
3RA2926-1A
3RA2936-1A
3RA2916-1A
8/43
Siemens AG 2015
Accessories
For
For
motor
contacstarter
tors
protectors
Size
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
8US1998-7CB45
1 10 units
14O
Size
Mounting rails for mounting contactors for the customer assembly

of 3RA21 load feeders with busbar adapters for 60 mm systems
For the discrete configuration of
direct-on-line starters a further mounting
rail is needed for the contactor in addition
to the mounting rail existing on the busbar
adapter.
--
S0
For pushing onto the busbar adapter,

including fixing screws
8US1998-7CB45
Standard mounting rail adapters

For mechanical fixing of motor
starter protector and contactor; for
snapping onto standard mounting
rail or for screw fixing
S00, S0
S00, S0
3RA2922-1AA00
1 unit
41B
S00, S0
S00, S0
3RA2922-1A
5 units
41B
S2
S2
3RA2932-1AA00
1 unit
41B
S2
S2
3RA2932-1A
5 units
41B
3RA2932-1CA00
1 unit
41B
3RA1902-1B
1 10 units
41B
3RA2922-1AA00
For mechanical fixing of motor
starter protector and soft starter; for
snapping onto standard mounting
rail or for screw fixing
S2
S2
3RA2932-1CA00
Side modules for standard mounting rail adapters

S00/S0/S2 S00/S0/S For standard mounting rail adapters
2
10 mm wide,
96 mm long,
for widening standard mounting rail
adapters when using lateral
auxiliary switches, 2 units required
3RA1902-1B
RH assembly kits for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S0, S2
RH assembly kits for screw terminals
S0
S0
S2
S2
Comprising:
Wiring kit
2 connecting wedges
Screw terminals
A
3RA2923-1BB1
1 unit
41B
3RA2933-1BB1
1 unit
41B
1 unit
41B
100 10 units
41E
Link modules must be ordered

separately.
Spring-type
terminals
RH assembly kits for spring-type terminals

3RA2923-1BB1
S0
S0
Comprising:
Wiring kit
2 connecting wedges
Spacer
3RA2923-1BB2
3RV2928-0B
Link modules must be ordered

separately.
Push-in lugs for screw fixing

S00 to S2 --
For screwing the motor starter

protector (of the load feeder) onto
mounting plates; 2 units are
required for each motor starter
protector
3RV2928-0B
8/44

Siemens AG 2015
Accessories
Busbar adapters
8US1251-5DS10
8US1251-5DT11
8US1250-5AS10
For
load feeders
Rated
current
Connecting
cable
Adapter
length
Adapter
width
Rated voltage
Size
AWG
mm
mm
8US1250-5AT10
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems

For flat copper profiles according to DIN 46433
Width: 12 mm and 30 mm
Thickness: 5 mm and 10 mm
also for T and double-T special profiles
For load feeders with screw terminals
Screw terminals
25
12
200
45
690
8US1251-5DS10
1 unit
14O
S00 (motor starter protector)/ 25

S0 (contactor)
12
260
45
690
8US1251-5DT10
1 unit
14O
S0
32
10
260
45
690
8US1251-5NT10
1 unit
14O
S2
80
260
55
690
8US1261-6MT10
1 unit
14O
S21)
80
260
118
690
8US1211-6MT10
1 unit
14O
For load feeders with spring-type terminals
S00
25
12
200
45
690
8US1251-5DS11
1 unit
14O
S00/S0
25
12
260
45
690
8US1251-5DT11
1 unit
14O
S0
32
10
260
45
690
8US1251-5NT11
1 unit
14O
Accessories2)
--
--
200
45
--
8US1250-5AS10
1 unit
14O
--
--
260
45
--
8US1250-5AT10
1 unit
14O
--
--
200
--
8US1998-2BJ10
1 10 units
14O
Spacers
-For fixing the load feeder onto
the busbar adapter
--
--
--
--
8US1998-1BA10
1 50 units
14O
Device holders
For lateral attachment to
busbar adapters
Side modules
For widening
busbar adapters
Vibration and shock kits

For high vibration and shock
loads
S00/S0
--
--
--
--
--
8US1998-1CA10
2 units
14O
S2
--
--
--
--
--
8US1998-1DA10
1 unit
14O
1)
For the assembly of feeders for reversing starters comprising a motor

starter protector and two contactors.
2)
Additional mounting rails for busbar adapters see page 8/44.

8/45
S00/S0
Siemens AG 2015
Accessories
For motor For
starter
contacprotectors tors
Size
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
Size
RS assembly kits for reversing duty for 60 mm busbar systems

RS assembly kits for screw terminals
S00, S0
S0
S00
S2
S00
S0
S0
S2
Comprising:
Wiring kit
Busbar adapters
Device holders
2 connecting wedges
Link modules must be
ordered separately.
Screw terminals
A
A
A
A
RS assembly kits for spring-type terminals

S00
S0
S00
S0
For motor For

starter
contacprotectors tors
Size
3RA2913-1DB1
3RA2923-1DB1
3RA2923-1EB1
3RA2933-1DB1
Comprising:
Wiring kit
Busbar adapters
Device holders
2 connecting wedges
Spacer
Link modules must be
ordered separately.
A
A
3RA2913-1DB2
3RA2923-1DB2
Version
DT
Article No.
8US1998-1AA00
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
100 100 units
14O
Size
Connecting wedges
For mechanical linking of busbar adapters and
device holders or of standard mounting rail
adapters (2 units per combination required)
Spacers
For height compensation on AC contactors size S0 with
S0
S0
3RA2911-1CA00
1 unit
41B
S0
S0
3RA2911-1C
5 units
41B
DT
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1 unit
41B
100 340 units
41B
3RA2911-1CA00
Version
Price
per PU

Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals
Length approx. 200 mm, 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
3RA2908-1A
Unit labeling plates1)

for SIRIUS devices
20 mm x 7 mm,
titanium gray
3RT2900-1SB20
3RA2908-1A
Blank labels
IC01_00181
8US1998-1AA00
3RT2900-1SB20
Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations"

Configuration manual for new combinations of load
feeders
Information and assignment tables for combinations for
self-assembly.
The configuration manual can be downloaded free of charge
in PDF format from the Internet, see
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription

of unit labeling plates available from
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH: www.murrplastik.de
8/46

10
Siemens AG 2015
Price groups
PG 41B, 41E, 41H, 41L, 42F, 42J
10/2
Introduction
10/3
10/12
10/14
10/16
10/17
SIMOCODE 3UF motor management

and control devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Basic units
Expansion modules
Fail-safe expansion modules
Accessories
10/20
Relays
Coupling relays and
signal converters / interface converters
10
Note:
Conversion tool,
e.g. from 3RS17 to 3RS70, see

information.
Article-No.
3RA1943-2C
3RA1943-2B
3RA1953-2B
3RA1953-2N

www.siemens.com/
product?3RA1943-2C
Siemens AG 2015

Introduction
Overview
Type
SIMOCODE pro C
SIMOCODE pro S
SIMOCODE pro V/
Page
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET/
SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU
SIMOCODE 3UF motor management and control devices

Basic units
10/12
Current measuring modules
10/13
Current/voltage measuring modules
--
--
10/13
Decoupling modules
--
--
10/13
Operator panels
10/13
Operator panels with display
--
--
10/13
Expansion modules
--
10/16
--
--
10/16
Current transformers
IC 10
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal)
Ch. 14
SIMOCODE ES 2007
IC 10
SIMOCODE pro block library

for SIMATIC PCS 7
IC 10
Available
-- Not available
10
Type
3RS70
Page

Single-range converters
10/25
Multi-range converters
10/25
Universal converters
10/25
Available
-- Not available
Connection methods
The monitoring and control devices are available with screw or
spring-type terminals.
Screw terminals
10/2
"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e/d according to

ATEX directive 94/9/EC
The communication-capable, modularly designed SIMOCODE
pro motor management system (SIRIUS Motor Management and
Control Devices) protects motors of types of protection EEx e
and EEx d in potentially explosive areas.
ATEX approval for operation in areas subject to explosion

hazard

The SIRIUS SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor management system is

certified for the protection of motors in areas subject to explosion
hazard according to
ATEX Ex I (M2); equipment group I, category M2 (mining)
ATEX Ex II (2) GD; equipment group II, category 2 in area GD.
Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Overview
Expansion
possibilities
SIMOCODE
pro C
pro S
pro V1)
PROFIBUS PROFIBUS PROFIBUS2)

Modbus RTU2)
PROFINET
Operator panels
Operator panels
with display
--
--
Current measuring
modules
Current/voltage
measuring
modules
--
--
Decoupling
modules
--
--
Digital modules
--
--
Fail-safe digital
modules3)
--
--
Analog modules
--
--
Ground-fault
modules
--
--
Temperature
modules
--
--
Multifunction
modules
--
--
--
Expansion
modules:
SIMOCODE pro is a flexible, modular motor management system for motors with constant speeds in the low-voltage performance range. It optimizes the connection between I&C and
motor feeder, increases plant availability and allows significant
savings to be made for installation, commissioning, operation
and maintenance of a system.
When SIMOCODE pro is installed in the low-voltage switchboard, it is the intelligent interface between the higher-level
automation system and the motor feeder and includes the
following:
Multifunctional, electronic full motor protection that is independent of the automation system
Integrated control functions instead of hardware for the motor
control
Detailed operating, service and diagnostics data
Open communication through PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET,
Modbus RTU and OPC UA
Safety relay function for the fail-safe disconnection of motors
up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508, IEC 62061) or PL e with Category 4
(EN ISO 13849-1)
SIMOCODE ES is the software package for SIMOCODE pro
parameterization, start up and diagnostics.
Device series
SIMOCODE pro is structured into several functionally tiered
series:
SIMOCODE pro C, as a compact system for direct-on-line
starters and reversing starters or for controlling a motor starter
protector
SIMOCODE pro S - the smart system for direct-on-line, reversing, and wye-delta starters or for controlling a motor starter
protector or soft starter. Its expandability with a multifunction
module provides comprehensive input/output project data
volume, precise ground-fault detection via the 3UL23 residual-current transformers and temperature measurement.
SIMOCODE pro V, as a variable system with all control functions and with the possibility of expanding the inputs, outputs
and functions of the system at will using expansion modules
Available
-- Not available
1)
Maximum of 5 expansion modules.
2)
When an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module are

used, more restrictions on the number of expansion modules connectable
per basic unit must be observed, see page 10/11.
3)
The fail-safe digital module can be used instead of one of the two digital
modules.
Per feeder each system always comprises one basic unit and
one separate current measuring module. The two modules are
connected together electrically through the system interface
with a connection cable and can be mounted mechanically connected as a unit (one behind the other) or separately (side by
side). The motor current to be monitored is decisive only for the
choice of the current measuring module.
An operator panel for mounting in the control cabinet door is
optionally connectable through a second system interface on
the basic unit. Both the current measuring module and the
operator panel are electrically supplied by the basic unit through
the connection cable. More inputs, outputs and functions can be
added to the SIMOCODE pro V and SIMOCODE pro S by
means of optional expansion modules, thus supplementing the
inputs and outputs already existing on the basic unit. With the
DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules it is
also possible to integrate the fail-safe disconnection of motors in
the SIMOCODE pro V motor management system.
All modules are connected by connection cables. The connection cables are available in various lengths. The maximum distance between the modules (e.g. between the basic unit and the
current measuring module) must not exceed 2.5 m. The total
length of all the connection cables per system interface of the
basic unit may be up to 3 m.
10/3
10
SIMOCODE pro S for efficient entry into motor management and

SIMOCODE pro V for maximum functionality
Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
SIMOCODE pro S
Current
measuring module
Operator
panel
Multifunction module
Basic unit
Functions
PROFIBUS
Current/voltage
measuring module
Operator
panel
Earth-fault
module
Temperature
module
Digital modules
Standard
Fail-safe
Analog
module
PROFINET
PROFIsafe
PROFIBUS
PROFIsafe
Modbus RTU
Functions
SIMOCODE pro V
Basic unit
10
IC01_00273a
SIMOCODE pro S and SIMOCODE pro V: System structure
10/4
Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Article No. scheme
SIMOCODE pro motor management system
1st - 4th
5th
6th
7th
@@@@
8th
9th 10th 11th 12th

@
13th
3UF7
@
Type of unit/module
Functional version of the unit/module
Connection type of the current transformer
Voltage version
Color
Example
3UF7
Note:
article numbers.
Benefits
Multifunctional, electronic full motor protection

for rated motor currents up to 820 A
SIMOCODE pro offers comprehensive protection of the motor
feeder by means of a combination of different, multi-step and
delayable protection and monitoring functions:
Inverse-time delayed solid-state overload protection
(CLASS 5 to 40)
Thermistor motor protection
Phase failure/unbalance protection
Stall protection
Monitoring of adjustable limit values for the motor current
Voltage and power monitoring
Monitoring of the power factor (motor idling/load shedding)
Ground-fault monitoring
Temperature monitoring, e.g. over PT100/PT1000
Monitoring of operating hours, downtime and number of starts
etc.
Recording of measuring curves

SIMOCODE pro can record measuring curves and therefore is
able, for example, to present the progression of motor current
during motor start up.
Flexible motor control implemented with integrated control
functions (instead of comprehensive hardware interlocks)
Many predefined motor control functions have already been
integrated into SIMOCODE pro, including all necessary logic
operations and interlocks:
Overload relays
Direct-on-line and reversing starters
Wye/delta starters (also with direction reversal)
Two speeds, motors with separate windings
(pole-changing starter); also with direction reversal
Two speeds, motors with separate Dahlander windings
(also with direction reversal)
Positioner actuation
Solenoid valve actuation
Actuation of a motor starter protector
Soft starter actuation (also with direction reversal)
These control functions are predefined in SIMOCODE pro
and can be freely assigned to the inputs and outputs of the
SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS/PROFINET device (including the
process image).
These predefined control functions can also be flexibly adapted
to each customized configuration of a motor feeder by means of
freely configurable logic modules (truth tables, counters, timers,
edge evaluation, etc.) and with the help of standard functions
(power failure monitoring, emergency start, external faults, etc.),
without additional auxiliary relays being necessary in the control
circuit.
SIMOCODE pro makes a lot of additional hardware and wiring in
the control circuit unnecessary which results in a high level of
standardization of the motor feeder in terms of its design and
circuit diagrams.
10/5
10
General customer benefits

Integrating the whole motor feeder into the process control by
means of PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET, Modbus RTU or OPC UA
significantly reduces the wiring outlay between the motor
feeder and PLC
Decentralization of the automated processes by means of
configurable control and monitoring functions in the feeder
saves resources in the automation system and ensures full
functionality and protection of the feeder even if the I&C or bus
system fails
The acquisition and monitoring of operating, service and
diagnostics data in the feeder and process control system
increases plant availability as well as maintenance and service-friendliness
The high degree of modularity allows users to perfectly implement their plant-specific requirements for each motor feeder
The SIMOCODE pro system offers functionally graded and
space-saving solutions for each customer application
The replacement of the control circuit hardware with integrated control functions decreases the number of hardware
components and wiring required and in this way limits stock
keeping costs and potential wiring errors
The use of solid-state full motor protection permits better
utilization of the motors and ensures long-term stability of the
tripping characteristic and reliable tripping even after years of
service
Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Detailed operational, service and diagnostics data
SIMOCODE pro for PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro makes different operating, service and diagnostics data available and helps to detect potential faults in time and
to prevent them by means of preventative measures. In the event
of a malfunction, a fault can be diagnosed, localized and rectified very quickly there are no or very short downtimes.
SIMOCODE pro for PROFIBUS supports for example:

Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1)
Extensive diagnostics and hardware interrupts
Time stamp with high timing precision (SIMATIC S7) for
SIMOCODE pro V
DPV1 communication after the Y-Link
Operating data
Motor switching state derived from the current flow in the main
circuit
All phase currents
All phase voltages and phase-to-phase voltages
Active power, apparent power and power factor
Phase unbalance and phase sequence
Ground-fault current
Time to trip
Motor temperature
Remaining cooling time etc.
Service data
Motor operating hours
Motor stop times
Number of motor starts
Number of overload trips
Interval for compulsory testing of the enabling circuits
Energy consumed
Internal comments stored in the device etc.
Diagnostics data
Numerous detailed early warning and fault messages
Internal device fault logging with time stamp
Time stamping of freely selectable status, alarm or fault
messages etc.
Easy operation and diagnostics
10
Operator panel
The operator panel is used to control the motor feeder and can
replace all conventional pushbuttons and indicator lights to save
space. It makes SIMOCODE pro or the feeder directly operable
in the control cabinet. It features all the status LEDs available on
the basic unit and externalizes the system interface for simple
parameterization or diagnosis on a PC/PG.
Operator panel with display
As an alternative to the 3UF720 standard operator panel for
SIMOCODE pro V, there is also an operator panel with display:
the 3UF721 is thus able in addition to indicate current measured
values, operational and diagnostics data or status information of
the motor feeder at the control cabinet. The pushbuttons of the
operator panel can be used to control the motor. Also, when
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET is used it is possible to set parameters such as rated motor current, limit values, etc. directly via
the operator panel with display.
SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET

SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET supports for example:
Line and ring bus topology thanks to an integrated switch
Media redundancy via MRP protocol
Operating, service and diagnostics data via standard web
browser
OPC UA server for open communication with visualization and
control system
NTP-synchronized time
Interval function and measured values for power management
via PROFIenergy
Module exchange without PC memory module through
proximity detection
Extensive diagnostics and maintenance alarms
System redundancy with SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET
The device supports the system redundancy mechanisms
of PROFINET IO and therefore can be operated directly on
fault-tolerant systems such as SIMATIC S7-400 H. As such,
SIMOCODE pro can provide decisive added value also for the
field level of plants in which plant availability and control system
redundancy are priorities.
SIMOCODE pro for Modbus RTU
SIMOCODE pro for Modbus RTU supports for example:
Communication at baud rates
1200/2400/4800/9600/19200/57600
Access to freely parameterizable process image via
Modbus RTU
Access to all operational, service and diagnostics data via
Modbus RTU
Notes on safety
For connection of an internal system to an external system,
suitable protective measures must be taken to ensure safe
operation of the plant (including IT security, e.g. network
segmentation).
More information, see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
For SIMOCODE pro motor management and control devices
with communication function, see page 10/12 onwards.
Accessories, see page 10/17 onwards.
More information, see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
Communications
Autonomous operation
SIMOCODE pro has either an integrated PROFIBUS DP or

Modbus RTU interface (SUB-D or terminal connection) or a
PROFINET interface (2 x RJ45).
An essential feature of SIMOCODE pro is the autonomous execution of all protection and control functions, even when communication to the I&C system is interrupted. This means that even
in the event of bus system or automation system failure, full functionality of the feeder is ensured or a specific behavior can be
parametrized in case of such a fault, e.g. targeted shutdown of
the feeder or execution of particular parametrized control mechanisms (such as reversal of the direction of rotation).
Fail-safe disconnection through PROFIBUS or PROFINET with

the PROFIsafe profile is also possible in conjunction with a failsafe controller (F-CPU) and the DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital
module.
10/6
Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
IC0
1_ 0
0 24
Advantages through energy efficiency
Overview of the energy management process
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases identify, evaluate, and
realize and we support you with the appropriate hardware and
software solutions in every process phase.
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also

make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
The SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor management system makes
the following contribution to the energy efficiency of the plant as
a whole:
Energy consumption:
Clear display of the energy consumption of a motor feeder or
process element by means of the acquisition and transmission
of all operating and consumption date, such as current, voltage, active and reactive power, energy consumption, motor
temperature etc.
Energy management:
Evaluation of energy measured values (e.g. limit value monitoring) with exporting of local or central actions (= forwarding
to higher-level)
PROFIenergy:
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET supports the PROFIenergy functions. Reduced energy consumption thanks to automatic disconnection in the intervals and forwarding of the measured
values for higher-level energy management systems.
Application
SIMOCODE pro is modular and space-saving and suited especially for operation in motor control centers (MCCs) in the process industry and for power plant technology.
Applications
Protection and control of motors in hazardous areas for types of
protection EEx e/d according to ATEX guideline 94/9/EC
With heavy starting (paper, cement, metal and water industries)
In high-availability plants (chemical, oil, raw material processing industries, power plants)
Safety technology for SIMOCODE pro

The safe disconnection of motors in the process industry is becoming increasingly important as the result of new and revised
standards and requirements in the safety technology field.
With the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion
modules it is easy to integrate functions for fail-safe disconnection into the SIMOCODE pro V motor management system while
retaining service-proven concepts. The strict separation of
safety functions and operational functions proves particularly
advantageous for planning, configuring and construction.
Seamless integration in the motor management system leads to
greater transparency for diagnostics and during operation of the
system.
Suitable components for this purpose are the DM-F Local and
DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion modules, depending on the
requirements:
The DM-F Local fail-safe digital module for when direct
assignment between a fail-safe hardware shutdown signal
and a motor feeder is required, or
The DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module for when a
fail-safe controller (F-CPU) creates the signal for the
disconnection and transmits it in a fail-safe manner through
PROFIBUS/PROFIsafe or PROFINET/PROFIsafe to the motor
management system
10/7
10
SIMOCODE pro is often used for automated processes where

plant downtimes are very expensive (e.g. chemical, oil/gas,
water/waste water, steel or cement industries) and where it is important to prevent plant downtimes through detailed operating,
service and diagnostics data or to localize the fault very quickly
in the event of a fault.
Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
General data
Type
3UF7

During operation
During storage and transport
C
C
Degree of protection (acc. to IEC 60529)

Measurement modules with busbar connection
Operator panel (front) and door adapter (front) with cover
Other components
Shock resistance (sine pulse)
IP00
IP54
IP20
g/ms
EMC interference immunity (according to IEC 60947-1)

Conducted interference, burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4
Conducted interference, high frequency acc. to
IEC 61000-4-6
Conducted interference, surge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5
Electrostatic discharge, ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2
Field-related interference acc. to IEC 61000-4-3
15/11
Any
Mounting position
Frequency
-25 ... +60; 3UF721: 0 ... +60

-40 ... +80; 3UF721: -20 ... +70
Hz
50/60 5 %
kV
kV
V
(corresponds to degree of severity 3)

2 (power ports)
1 (signal ports)
10
kV
kV
kV
kV
V/m
2 (line to ground); 3UF7320-1AB, 3UF7330-1AB: 1 (line to ground)

1 (line to line); 3UF7320-1AB, 3UF7330-1AB: 0.5 (line to line)
8 (air discharge); 3UF7020: Only operate front side during operation
6 (contact discharge); 3UF721: 4 (contact discharge)
10
EMC emitted interference (according to IEC 60947-1)

Conducted and radiated interference emission
EN 55011/EN 55022 (CISPR 11/CISPR 22)

(corresponds to degree of severity A)
All circuits in SIMOCODE pro are safely separated from each other according to IEC 60947-1, i.e. they are designed with doubled creepage paths and
clearances. In this context, compliance with the instructions in the test report
"Safe Isolation" No. 2668 is required.
Protective separation (acc. to IEC 60947-1)
Basic units
Type
3UF7000-1AU00-0
3UF7010-1AU00-0
3UF7011-1AU00-0
3UF7020-1AU01-0
3UF7012-1AU00-0
3UF7000-1AB00-0
3UF7010-1AB00-0
3UF7011-1AB00-0
3UF7020-1AB01-0
3UF7012-1AB00-0
110 ... 240 AC/DC; 50/60 Hz
24 V DC
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
0.80 ... 1.2 Us
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us

0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
0.80 ... 1.2 Us

0.85 ... 1.2 Us
7 VA/5 W
10 VA/7 W
5W
7W
11 VA/8 W
8W
Control circuit
10
Rated control supply voltage Us (according to IEC 61131-2)

Operating range
SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000) and SIMOCODE pro V
(3UF7010/3UF7012)
SIMOCODE pro V PN (3UF7011) and SIMOCODE pro S (3UF7020)
- Operation
- Start up
Power consumption
SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000) and SIMOCODE pro S (3UF7020)
SIMOCODE pro V (3UF7010/3UF7012)
incl. two connected expansion modules
SIMOCODE pro V PN (3UF7011)
incl. two connected expansion modules
Rated insulation voltage Ui
300 (at pollution degree 3)
kV
Relay outputs
Number
- SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro V, SIMOCODE pro V PN
- SIMOCODE pro S
Specified short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts
(relay outputs)
- Fuse links
- Miniature circuit breaker
Rated uninterrupted current
Rated switching capacity
- AC-15
- DC-13
3 monostable relay outputs

2 monostable relay outputs
6 A/24 V AC
2 A/24 V DC
10/8
6 A/120 V AC
0.55 A/60 V DC
3 A/230 V AC
0.25 A/125 V DC
4 inputs supplied internally by the device electronics (with 24 V DC) and

connected to a common potential
Inputs (binary)
Thermistor motor protection (binary PTC)
Summation cold resistance
Response value
Return value
6 A operational class gG; 10 A quick-response (IEC 60947-5-1)

1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1); 6 A, C characteristic (Ik < 500 A)
6
k
k
k
1.5
3.4 ... 3.8
1.5 ... 1.65
Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Current measuring modules or current/voltage measuring modules
Type
3UF71.0
3UF71.1
3UF71.2
3UF71.3
3UF71.4
2.4 ... 25
10 ... 100
20 ... 200
63 ... 630
Main circuit
Current setting Ie
0.3 ... 3
690; 3UF7103 and 3UF7104: 1 000 (at pollution degree 3)
Rated operational voltage Ue
690
kV
6; 3UF7103 and 3UF7104: 8
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
Three-phase current
Type of current
Additional short-circuit protection is required in the main circuit
Short circuit
Accuracy of current measurement (in the range of 1 x minimum
current setting Iu to 8 x max. current setting Io)
Typical voltage measuring range
Phase-to-phase voltage/line-to-line voltage (e.g. UL1 L2)
Phase voltage (e.g. UL1 N)
Accuracy
Voltage measurement
(phase voltage UL in the range 230 ... 400 V)
Power factor measurement (in the rated load range p.f. = 0.4...0.8)
Apparent power measurement (in the rated load range)
V
V
110 ... 690

65 ... 400
3 (typical)
%
%
5 (typical)
5 (typical)
Notes on voltage measurement

In insulated, high-resistance or asymmetrically grounded forms
of power supply system and for single-phase systems
Supply lines for voltage measurement
In these networks the current/voltage measuring module can be used only

with an upstream decoupling module on the system interface.
In the supply lines from the main circuit for voltage measurement of
SIMOCODE pro it may be necessary to provide additional line protection!
Digital modules or multifunction module

Type
3UF7300, 3UF7310, 3UF7600
Control circuit
300 (at pollution degree 3)
kV
4
2 monostable or bistable relay outputs (depending on the version)
6 A operational class gG; 10 A quick-response (IEC 60947-5-1)

1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1); 6 A, C characteristic (Ik < 500 A)
6
6 A/24 V AC
2 A/24 V DC
6 A/120 V AC
0.55 A/60 V DC
3 A/230 V AC
0.25 A/125 V DC
4 inputs, electrically isolated, supplied externally with 24 V DC or

110 ... 240 V AC/DC depending on the version, connected to a common
potential
Inputs (binary)
Ground-fault modules or multifunction modules

Type
3UF7510, 3UF7600
Control circuit
Connectable residual-current transformers
3UL23
Type of current for monitoring
Type A (AC and pulsating DC residual currents)
Adjustable response value
30 mA ... 40 A
Relative measurement error
7.5 %
Temperature modules or multifunction modules

Type
3UF7600, 3UF7700
Sensor circuit
Number of temperature sensors
3UF7700
3UF7600
Typical sensor circuits
PT100
PT1000/KTY83/KTY84/NTC
3 temperature sensors
1 temperature sensor
mA
mA
1 (typical)
0.2 (typical)
Open-circuit/short-circuit detection
Sensor type
- Open circuit
- Short circuit
- Measuring range
PT100/PT1000
-50 ... +500
Measuring accuracy at 20 C ambient temperature (T20)
< 2
Deviation due to ambient temperature (in % of measuring range)
0.05 per K deviation from T20
Conversion time
ms
500
Connection type
KTY83-110
-50 ... +175
KTY84
-40 ... +300
NTC
-
80 ... 160
Two- or three-wire connection
Detection possible
-- Detection not possible
10/9
10
Relay outputs
Number
Specified short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts
(relay outputs)
- Fuse links
- Miniature circuit breaker
- AC-15
- DC-13
Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Analog modules
Type
3UF74
Control circuit
Inputs
Channels
Parameterizable measuring ranges
Shielding
Max. input current (destruction limit)
Accuracy
Input resistance
Conversion time
Resolution
Open-circuit detection
Outputs
Channels
Parameterizable output range
Shielding
Max. voltage at output
Accuracy
Max. output load
Conversion time
Resolution
Short-circuit proof
mA
mA
%
ms
bit
mA
V DC
%
ms
bit
2 (passive)
0/4 ... 20
Up to 30 m shield recommended, from 30 m shield required
40
1
50
150
12
With measuring range 4 ... 20 mA
1
0/4 ... 20
Up to 30 m shield recommended, from 30 m shield required
30
1
500
25
12
Yes
Connection type
Two-wire connection
Electrical separation of inputs/output

to the device electronics
No
Fail-safe digital modules

Type
3UF7320-1AB00-0 3UF7320-1AU00-0 3UF7330-1AB00-0 3UF7330-1AU00-0
Control circuit
Power consumption
110 ... 240 AC/DC; 24 DC

50/60 Hz
110 ... 240 AC/DC;

50/60 Hz
3W
9.5 VA/4.5 W
11 VA/5.5 W
Rated insulation voltage
300
kV
Relay outputs
Number
10
24 DC
4W
2 relay enabling circuits, 2 relay outputs
Version of the fuse link

For short-circuit protection of the relay enabling circuit
4, operational class gG

AC-15
DC-13
3 A/24 V AC
4 A/24 V DC
Inputs (binary)
5 (with internal power supply from the device electronics)
Cable length
Between sensor/start signal and evaluation electronics
For further digital signals
m
m
3 A/120 V AC
0.55 A/60 V DC
1.5 A/230 V AC
0.22 A/125 V DC
1 500
300
Safety data1)
SIL level max. according to IEC 61508
Performance level PL according to EN ISO 13849-1
Category according to EN ISO 13849-1
Stop category according to EN 60204-1
Probability of a dangerous failure

(at 40 C) for SIL 3 applications
Per hour (PFHd) at a high demand rate
according to IEC 62061
On demand (PFDavg) at a low demand rate
T1 value for proof-test interval or
service life according to IEC 61508
1)
More safety data, see system manual

"SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules",
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/50564852.
10/10
1/h
4.5 x 10-9
4.6 x 10-9
4.4 x 10-9
4.4 x 10-9
5.4 x 10 -6
5.5 x 10 -6
5.1 x 10 -6
5.2 x 10 -6
20
Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
More information
If you want to use an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module in the SIMOCODE pro V system with PROFIBUS or
Modbus RTU, then the following configuration instructions concerning the type and number of connectable expansion modules must be observed.
The following tables show the maximum possible configuration
of the expansion modules for the various combinations.
The DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion
modules behave in this connection like digital modules for
standard applications.
Use of an operator panel with display
Digital
module 1
Digital
module 2
Analog
module
Temperature Ground-fault
module
module
Only operator panel with display for SIMOCODE pro V

(24 V DC or 110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
Max. 4 expansion modules can be used
Operator panel with display and current/voltage measurement

with SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
Max. 3 expansion modules can be used or:
--
--
--
Available
-- Not available
Use of a decoupling module

(voltage measurement in insulated networks)
Digital
module 1
Digital
module 2
Analog
module
module
module
SIMOCODE pro V (24 V DC)

1)
1)
SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
--
1)
1)
--
--
--
--
--
Available
-- Not available
1)
No bistable relay outputs and no more than 5 of 7 relay outputs active

simultaneously (> 3 s).
Use of a decoupling module

(voltage measurement in insulated networks)
in combination with an operator panel with display
Digital
module 1
Digital
module 2
Analog
module
Protective separation
All circuits in SIMOCODE pro are safely isolated from each other
in accordance with IEC 60947-1. That is, they are designed with
double creepages and clearances. In the event of a fault, therefore, no parasitic voltages can be formed in neighboring circuits.
The instructions of Test log No. 2668 must be complied with.
Types of protection EEx e and EEx d
The overload protection and the thermistor motor protection
of the SIMOCODE pro system comply with the requirements for
overload protection of explosion-proof motors to the type of
protection:
EEx d "flameproof enclosure" e.g. according to IEC 60079-1
EEx e "increased safety" e.g. according to IEC 60079-7
When using SIMOCODE pro devices with a 24 V DC control
voltage, electrical separation must be ensured using a battery or
a safety transformer according to IEC 61558-2-6.
EC type test certificate: BVS 06 ATEX F 001
Test log: BVS PP 05.2029 EG.
Selection data for type-tested assemblies/load feeders
For configuration tables according to
type of coordination "1" or "2", see
Manual "Configuring SIRIUS",
Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations",
SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS System Manual,
SIMOCODE pro PROFINET System Manual,
System manual
The SIMOCODE pro system manual describes the motor management system and its functions in detail. It provides information on configuration, start up, servicing and maintenance.
A typical example of a reversing starter application is used to
teach the user quickly and practically how to use the system. In
addition to help on how to identify and rectify faults in the event
of a malfunction, the manual also contains special information
for servicing and maintenance. For selection of equipment and
for configuration, it is recommended to consult the system
manual.
A detailed description of the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe
fail-safe expansion modules is provided in the system manual
"SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules", which can be
downloaded from the Internet.
Internet
module
module
More information, see www.siemens.com/simocode.
SIMOCODE pro V (24 V DC)
--
--
SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)

1)
--
--
--
--
2)
2)
3)
--
--
--
--
Available
-- Not available
1)

2)

3)
Analog module output is not used.
10/11
10
Configuration instructions when using an operator panel

with display and/or a decoupling module with
SIMOCODE pro V with PROFIBUS or Modbus RTU
Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Basic units

Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS

SIMOCODE pro C
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485
4 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection,
monostable relay outputs
Rated control supply voltage Us:
24 V DC
3UF7000-1AB00-0
1 unit
42J
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7000-1AU00-0
1 unit
42J
24 V DC
3UF7020-1AB01-0
1 unit
42J
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7020-1AU01-0
1 unit
42J
24 V DC
3UF7010-1AB00-0
1 unit
42J
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7010-1AU00-0
1 unit
42J
24 V DC
3UF7011-1AB00-0
1 unit
42J
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7011-1AU00-0
1 unit
42J
24 V DC
3UF7012-1AB00-0
1 unit
42J
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7012-1AU00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7000-1A.00-0
SIMOCODE pro S1)
PROFIBUS DP interface, 1.5 Mbit/s, RS 485
monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by a multifunction module
3UF7020-1A.01-0
SIMOCODE pro V
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485
monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by expansion modules
3UF7010-1A.00-0
SIMOCODE pro PROFINET

SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET
10
ETHERNET/PROFINET IO,
OPC UA server and web server, 100 Mbit/s,
2 x connection to bus through RJ45, PROFINET system
redundancy, media redundancy protocol,
monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by expansion
modules,
web server in German/English/Chinese/Russian,
3UF7011-1A.00-0
SIMOCODE pro Modbus RTU

SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU2)
Modbus RTU interface, 57.6 kbit/s, RS 485;
4I/3O freely assignable;
input for thermistor connection;
monostable relay outputs;
can be expanded by expansion modules
3UF7012-1A.00-0
1)
The connection cable to the current measuring module must be at least

30 cm.
2)
When using an operator panel with display, the product version must be
E09 or higher (from 05/2015).
10/12

Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Basic units
Version
Current setting Width
DT
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3UF7100-1AA00-0
3UF7101-1AA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
3UF7102-1AA00-0
3UF7103-1AA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
3UF7103-1BA00-0
3UF7104-1BA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
3UF7110-1AA00-0
3UF7111-1AA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
3UF7112-1AA00-0
3UF7113-1AA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
3UF7113-1BA00-0
3UF7114-1BA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
3UF7150-1AA00-0
1 unit
42J
Screw terminals
Article No.
mm
0.3 ... 3
2.4 ... 25
45
45
10 ... 100
20 ... 200
55
120
20 ... 200
63 ... 630
120
145
Price
per PU
SIMOCODE pro (continued)

Current measuring modules
Straight-through
transformers
Bus connection
3UF7100-1AA00-0
}
}
}
}
}
}
Current/voltage measuring modules

for SIMOCODE pro V
Voltage measuring up to 690 V
If required in connection with a decoupling module
Straight-through
transformers
3UF7110-1AA00-0
Bus connection
0.3 ... 3
2.4 ... 25
45
45
10 ... 100
20 ... 200
55
120
20 ... 200
63 ... 630
120
145
}
}
}
}
}
}
Decoupling modules
For connecting upstream from a current/voltage measuring A
module on the system interface when using voltage
detection in insulated, high-resistance or asymmetrically
grounded systems and in single-phase systems
3UF7150-1AA00-0
Operator panels
3UF7200-1AA00-0
Light gray
3UF7200-1AA00-0
1 unit
42J
Titanium gray
3UF7200-1AA01-0
1 unit
42J
English/German/French/Spanish/Portuguese/
Italian/Polish/Finnish
3UF7210-1AA00-0
1 unit
42J
English/Chinese/Russian
3UF7210-1BA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7200-1AA01-0
Operator panel with display
for SIMOCODE pro V
3UF7210-1.A00-0
Installation in control cabinet door or front plate,

for plugging into SIMOCODE pro V and
SIMOCODE pro V PN,
7 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable buttons
for controlling the motor, multilingual display, e.g. for
indication of measured values, status information or fault
messages
Notes:
"SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS" System Manual, see
"SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET" System Manual, see
Configuration manual "SIMOCODE pro Modbus RTU", see
SIMOCODE pro V basic unit in a hardened version via
SIPLUS extreme upon request.

10/13
10
Installation in control cabinet door or front plate,

for plugging into all SIMOCODE pro basic units,
10 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable
buttons for controlling the motor
Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Expansion modules

Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V

With SIMOCODE pro V, it is possible to expand the type
and number of inputs and outputs in steps. Each expansion
module has two system interfaces on the front. Through the
one system interface the expansion module is connected to
the system interface of the SIMOCODE pro V using a connection cable; through the second system interface, further
expansion modules or the operator panel can be connected. The power supply for the expansion modules is
provided by the connection cable through the basic unit.
Note:
Please order connection cable separately, see page 10/17.
Digital modules
Up to two digital modules can be used to add additional
binary inputs and relay outputs to the basic unit. The input
circuits of the digital modules are supplied from an external
power supply.
4 binary inputs and 2 relay outputs,
up to 2 digital modules can be connected
Relay outputs
Input voltage
Monostable
24 V DC
3UF7300-1AB00-0
1 unit
42J
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7300-1AU00-0
1 unit
42J
24 V DC
3UF7310-1AB00-0
1 unit
42J
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7310-1AU00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7400-1AA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7510-1AA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7700-1AA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7300-1AU00-0
Bistable
Analog modules
Basic unit can be optionally expanded with analog inputs
and outputs (0/4 ... 20 mA) by means of the analog
module.
10
2 inputs (passive) for input and 1 output for output of

0/4 ... 20 mA signals, max. 1 analog module can be connected per pro V basic unit and max. 2 analog modules
per pro V PN basic unit.
3UF7400-1AA00-0
Ground-fault modules1)
Ground-fault monitoring using 3UL23 residual-current
transformers and ground-fault modules is used in cases
where precise detection of the ground-fault current is
required or power systems with high impedance are
grounded.
With the ground-fault module, it is possible to determine
the precise fault current as a measured value, and to
define freely selectable warning and trip limits in a wide
range from 30 mA ... 40 A.
3UF7510-1AA00-0
1 input for connecting a 3UL23 residual-current transformer, up to 1 ground-fault module can be connected.
Note:
For corresponding residual-current transformers, see
Catalog IC 10, Chapter "Monitoring and Control Devices".
Temperature modules
Independently of the thermistor motor protection of the
basic units, up to 3 analog temperature sensors can be
evaluated using a temperature module.
Sensor types: PT100/PT1000, KTY83/KTY84 or NTC
3 inputs for connecting up to 3 analog temperature sensors, up to 1 temperature module can be connected per
pro V basic unit and max. 2 temperature modules per pro
V PN basic unit.
3UF7700-1AA00-0
1)
Possible with pro V basic unit from product version E10

or pro V PN basic unit from product version E04,
operator panel with display from product version E07.
10/14

Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Expansion modules

Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro S

With SIMOCODE pro S, it is possible to expand the type
and number of inputs and outputs. The expansion module
has two system interfaces on the front. Through the one
system interface the expansion module is connected to the
system interface of the SIMOCODE pro S using a connection cable; through the second system interface, the operator panel can be connected. The power supply for the
expansion module is provided by the connection cable
through the basic unit.
Note:
Multifunction modules
The multifunction module is the expansion module of the
SIMOCODE pro S device series with the following functions:
3UF7600-1AU01-0
Digital module function with four digital inputs and two

monostable relay outputs
Ground-fault module function with an input for the
connection of a 3UL23 residual-current transformer with
freely selectable warning and trip limits in a wide zone of
30 mA ... 40 A
Temperature module function with an input for connecting
an analog temperature sensor PT100, PT1000, KTY83,
KTY84, or NTC
Max. 1 multifunction module can be connected per pro S
basic unit
Input voltage of the digital inputs:
}
3UF7600-1AB01-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7600-1AU01-0
1 unit
42J
10
24 V DC
110 ... 240 V AC/DC

10/15
Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7

Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Fail-safe expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V

Thanks to the fail-safe expansion modules, SIMOCODE pro
V can be expanded with the function of a safety relay for
the fail-safe disconnection of motors. A maximum of 1 failsafe digital module can be connected; it can be used
instead of a digital module.
The fail-safe expansion modules are equipped likewise with
two system interfaces at the front for making the connection
to other system components. Unlike other expansion modules, power is supplied to the modules through a separate
terminal connection.
Note:
DM-F Local fail-safe digital modules1)
For fail-safe disconnection using a hardware signal
2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching; 2 relay outputs,
common potential disconnected fail-safe; inputs for sensor
circuit, start signal, cascading and feedback circuit, safety
function adjustable using DIP switches
24 V DC
3UF7320-1AB00-0
1 unit
42J
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7320-1AU00-0
1 unit
42J
24 V DC
3UF7330-1AB00-0
1 unit
42J
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7330-1AU00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7320-1AB00-0
DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules1)2)
For fail-safe disconnection using PROFIBUS/PROFIsafe or
PROFINET/PROFIsafe
2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching; 2 relay outputs,
common potential disconnected fail-safe; 1 input for
feedback circuit; 3 binary standard inputs
10
3UF7330-1AB00-0
1)
Possible with SIMOCODE pro V basic unit, product version E07 and
higher (from 05/2011) or SIMOCODE pro V PN basic unit.
2)
Cannot be used in conjunction with SIMOCODE pro V for Modbus RTU

communication
Note:
"SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules"
System Manual, see
10/16

Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories

Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Connection cables (essential accessory)

Connection cables
In different lengths for connecting basic unit, current
measuring module, current/voltage measuring module,
operator panel or expansion modules or decoupling
module
3UF7932-0AA00-0
Version
Length
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
0.025 m
0.1 m
0.3 m
0.5 m
}
}
}
}
3UF7930-0AA00-0
3UF7931-0AA00-0
3UF7935-0AA00-0
3UF7932-0AA00-0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
42J
42J
Round
Round
Round
0.5 m
1.0 m
2.5 m
}
}
}
3UF7932-0BA00-0
3UF7937-0BA00-0
3UF7933-0BA00-0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
42J
3UF7941-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7946-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7900-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7901-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
Light gray
3UF7950-0AA00-0
5 units
42J
Titanium gray
3RA6936-0B
5 units
42F
Addressing plugs
3UF7910-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
PC cables and adapters

USB PC cables
For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG,
for communication with SIMOCODE pro through the
system interface
3UF7941-0AA00-0
USB/serial adapters
To connect an RS 232 PC cable to to the USB interface of
a PC, recommended for use in conjunction
with SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Memory modules
This enables transmission to a new system,
e.g. when a device is replaced, without the need for
additional aids or detailed knowledge of the device.
Memory module for SIMOCODE pro C,
SIMOCODE pro S and SIMOCODE pro V
Memory module for SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET

For saving the complete parameterization of a
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET system
Interface covers
Interface covers
For system interface
3UF7950-0AA00-0
Addressing plugs
For assigning the PROFIBUS or Modbus RTU address
without using a PC/PG to SIMOCODE pro through the
system interface
3UF7910-0AA00-0

10/17
10
3UF7900-0AA00-0
For saving the complete parameterization of a

SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro S or SIMOCODE pro V
system
Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3UF7902-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
Accessories for motor control center

With the draw-out technology often used in motor control
centers it is possible to integrate a SIMOCODE pro initialization module in the switchboard on a permanent basis.
Feeder-related parameter and address data can then be
permanently assigned to this feeder.
Initialization module
for automatic parameterization of:
pro V basic unit, product version E09 or higher (11/2012)
pro S basic unit
pro V PROFINET basic unit
pro V Modbus RTU basic unit
3UF7902-0AA00-0
Y connection cable1)
For use in conjunction with the initialization module;
connects the basic unit, current measuring module or current/voltage measuring module, and initialization module
System interface length
Open cable end
0.1 m
1.0 m
3UF7931-0CA00-0
1 unit
42J
0.5 m
1.0 m
3UF7932-0CA00-0
1 unit
42J
1.0 m
1.0 m
3UF7937-0CA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7960-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7920-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7922-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
For pushbuttons of the 3UF720 operator panel
3UF7925-0AA00-0
100
400 units
42J
For pushbuttons of the 3UF721 operator panel

with display
3UF7925-0AA01-0
100
600 units
42J
For LEDs of the 3UF720 operator panel
3UF7925-0AA02-0
100 1 200 units
42J
3RV2928-0B
Bus connection terminals

Bus connection terminal
For shield support and strain relief of the PROFIBUS cable
on a SIMOCODE pro S
3UF7960-0AA00-0
Door adapters
Door adapters
10
For external connection of the system interface,

e.g. outside a control cabinet
3UF7920-0AA00-0
Adapters for operator panel

The adapter enables the smaller 3UF7200 operator panel
from SIMOCODE pro to be used in a front panel cutout in
which previously, e.g. after a change of system, a larger
3UF52 operator panel from SIMOCODE-DP had been
used, degree of protection IP54
3UF7922-0AA00-0
Labeling strips
Labeling strips
3UF7925-0AA02-0
Push-in lugs
Push-in lugs for screw fixing
E.g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per device
Can be used for 3UF71.0, 3UF71.1 and 3UF71.2
3RV2928-0B
10/18
100
10 units
41E
Can be used for 3UF700, 3UF701, 3UF73, 3UF74, 3UF75 B

and 3UF77
3RP1903
10 units
41H
Can be used for 3UF7020, 3UF7600
3ZY1311-0AA00
10 units
41L

Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
Length 100 mm, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0

Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RT1956-4EA1
1 unit
41B
3RT1966-4EA1
1 unit
41B
3RT1956-4EA2
1 unit
41B
3RT1966-4EA2
1 unit
41B
3RT1956-4EA3
1 unit
41B
3RT1966-4EA3
1 unit
41B
Up to 70 mm2, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
3RT1955-4G
1 unit
41B
3RT1956-4G
1 unit
41B
3RT1966-4G
1 unit
41B
115/230 V AC
3UF1900-1KA00
1 unit
42J
24 V DC
3UF1900-1KB00
1 unit
42J
Terminal covers
Covers for cable lugs and busbar connections
Covers for box terminals
3RT1956-4EA1
Covers for screw terminals

Between contactor and current measuring module or
current/voltage measuring module for direct mounting
3RT1956-4EA2
Can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0

Can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0
Box terminal blocks

Box terminal blocks
For round and ribbon cables
3RT195.-4G
Bus termination modules

With separate control supply voltage for bus termination
following the last unit on the bus line
Supply voltage:
3UF1900-1KA00
Software
10

Software for configuring, commissioning, operating and
diagnosing SIMOCODE pro based on the TIA Portal,
see Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and
Visualization"
3ZS1322-.C.11-0Y.5
SIMOCODE ES
Software for configuring, commissioning, operating and
diagnosing SIMOCODE pro in Version 2007,
see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization" or the Industry Mall.
3ZS1312-.C.10-0Y.5
SIMOCODE pro block library for SIMATIC PCS 7
Using PCS 7 block libraries, it is easy and convenient to
integrate SIMOCODE pro into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system,
see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization" or the Industry Mall.
3ZS1632-.XX02-0Y.0

10/19
Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Coupling Relays and Signal Converters / Interface Converters
Overview
Electromagnetic disturbance and overvoltages can affect the
signals on the input side in particular or even destroy the analog
modules. All terminals of the 3RS70 signal converters are safe
up to a voltage of 30 V DC and protected against reverse polarity. Short-circuit protection is an important function for the outputs above all.
The devices are EMC-tested according to
IEC 61000-6-4 (generic standard for emitted interference)
IEC 61000-6-2 (generic standard for interference immunity)
The analog signals comply with
IEC 60381-1/2.
Note:
For the conversion tool, e.g. from 3RS17 to 3RS70, see
www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool.
3RS70 signal converters
Signal converters perform the coupling function for analog

signals on both the input side and the output side. They are
indispensable when processing analog values with electronic
controls. Under harsh industrial conditions in particular, it is often
necessary to transmit analog signals over long distances. Electrical separation is then needed as a result of the different power
supplies. The resistance of the wiring causes potential differences and losses which must be prevented.
Article No. scheme

Digit of the Article no.
Signal converters
1st - 5th 6th 7th

@@@@@ @ @
3RS70
@
Type of input signal
@
@
Connection methods
10

@ @
@
0
0
Type of output signal
Design of the power supply

Example
3RS70
Note:
article numbers.
For your order please use the Article No. indicated in the catalog
under the selection and ordering data.
Benefits
Narrow design
Easy-to-set universal converters
Converters with frequency output
All ranges are fully calibrated
Application
Signal converters are used in analog signal processing for
Electrical separation
Conversion of normalized and non-normalized signals
Amplification and impedance adaptation
Conversion to a frequency for processing by a digital input
Overvoltage and EMC protection
Short-circuit protection of the outputs
10/20
Universal family of devices the perfect solution for every

application
Integrated manual-automatic switch with a setpoint generator
Outputs are short-circuit-proof
Up to 30 V protected against damage caused by wiring
errors
Siemens AG 2015
Relays
3RS7025 manual/automatic transformer
Example: When it is set for an output of 4 mA to 20 mA, the 0 %
scale value on the potentiometer represents an output current of
4 mA and the 100 % scale value represents an output current of
20 mA. In the "Auto" switch position, the output signal follows the
input signal proportionally regardless of the potentiometer setting.
For special applications in which analog signals have to be

simulated, or during plant commissioning when the actual
process value is not yet available, the 3RS7025 devices feature
an adjustable potentiometer for manual setpoint selection and a
manual/automatic switch.
The potentiometer for the 3RS7025 devices is used to simulate
analog output signals when the changeover switch is set to
"Manual" and the control supply voltage is applied, without the
need for an analog input signal, and the scale ranges from 0 %
to 100 %.
Sensor/analog
value generator
Electronic control
3RS70 converter
0 ... 10 V
0/4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0/4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 kHz
Input
Output
3RS70 converter
0 ... 10 V
0/4 ... 20 mA
Actuator with
analog input
0 ... 10 V
0/4 ... 20 mA
IC01_00425a
3RS70 signal converter, application example: Analog signal processing
Single-range converters, active/passive
Type
3RS7000-.AE00 3RS7000-.CE00, 3RS7002-.AE00, 3RS7002-.CE00, 3RS7020-.ET00

3RS7000-.DE00 3RS7003-.AE00 3RS7002-.DE00,
3RS7003-.CE00,
3RS7003-.DE00
General data
mm
6.2 73 93
Ambient temperature
During operation
During storage
C
C
-25 ... +60

-40 ... +85
Relative humidity during operation
10 ... 90
Insulation voltage
for overvoltage category III
according to IEC 60664 for pollution degree 3
rated value
50
Active power input
0.29
6.2 71 93
10
--
IP20
Screw terminals
Solid
AWG cables
mm
mm
AWG
1x (0.25 ... 2.5)

1x (0.25 ... 1.5)
1x (20 ... 14)
mm
mm
mm
AWG
1x (0.25 ... 2.5)

1x (0.25 ... 2.5)
1x (0.25 ... 1.5)
1x (20 ... 14)
Input voltage
maximum
typical
V
V
30
24
Input impedance
of current input
of voltage input
-330
500
2
Relative measuring accuracy
0.1
Overvoltage strength
maximum at current output
30
Solid
AWG cables
Inputs
100
--
Outputs
Load
maximum at voltage output
Short-circuit proof
1000
--
--
Yes
10/21
Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Multi-range converters, active
Type
3RS7005-.FE00 3RS7005-.KE00 3RS7005-.FW00 3RS7005-.KW00 3RS7025-.FE00,

3RS7025-.FW00
General data
mm
6.2 73 93
Ambient temperature
During operation
During storage
C
C
-25 ... +60

-40 ... +85
10 ... 90
Insulation voltage
rated value
50
300
Active power input
0.29
0.5
0.34
0.5
2
500
---
2
500
17.5 73 93
17.5 75 93
IP20
Screw terminals
Solid
AWG cables
mm
mm
AWG
1x (0.25 ... 2.5)

1x (0.25 ... 1.5)
1x (20 ... 14)
mm
mm
mm
AWG
1x (0.25 ... 2.5)

1x (0.25 ... 2.5)
1x (0.25 ... 1.5)
1x (20 ... 14)
Input voltage
maximum
typical
V
V
30
24
Input impedance
of current input
of voltage input
kW
100
330
2
500
0.1
30
Solid
AWG cables
Inputs
10
Outputs
Load
Short-circuit proof
10/22
Yes
---
Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Universal converters, active
Type
3RS7006-.F.00
General data
mm
17.5 73 93
Ambient temperature
During operation
During storage
C
C
-25 ... +60

-40 ... +85
10 ... 90
Insulation voltage
rated value
300
Active power input
0.5
IP20
Screw terminals
Solid
AWG cables
mm
mm
AWG
1x (0.25 ... 2.5)

1x (0.25 ... 1.5)
1x (20 ... 14)
mm
mm
mm
AWG
1x (0.25 ... 2.5)

1x (0.25 ... 2.5)
1x (0.25 ... 1.5)
1x (20 ... 14)
Input voltage
maximum
typical
V
V
30
24
Input impedance
of current input
of voltage input
100
330
Load
2
500
0.1
30
Solid
AWG cables
Inputs
Short-circuit proof
10
Outputs
Yes
10/23
Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Schematics
A1
A1
A2
A2
I+
O+
I+
O+
I-
O-
I-
O-
IC01_00439
IC01_00435
3RS7000-.AE00
3RS7005-.FE00, 3RS7005-.FW00, 3RS7006-.FE00. 3RS7006-.FW00
A1
A1
A2
I+
I-
O+
I+
O-
I-
O+
O-
IC01_00437
IC01_00434
3RS7000-.CE00, 3RS7000-.DE00
A1
A2
3RS7005-.KE00, 3RS7005-.KW00
A2
I+
I+
O+
O+
I-
I-
IC01_00438
I-
IC01_00433
10
O-
O-
3RS7002-.AE00, 3RS7003-.AE00
O-
3RS7020-.ET00
A1
A1
A2
A2
I+
O+
I-
O+
I+
A
0
H
OIC01_00432
I-
OIC01_00436
3RS7002-.CE00, 3RS7002-.DE00, 3RS7003-.CE00, 3RS7003-.DE00
10/24
3RS7025-.FE00., 3RS7025-.FW00
Siemens AG 2015
Relays

PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41 H
3RS7000-1AE00
Signal type
At the input
Supply voltage
Width
3RS7000-2AE00
DT Screw terminals
At the output
Article No.
mm
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Single-range converters, passive, 2-way separation

4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
--
6.2
3RS7020-1ET00
3RS7020-2ET00
Single-range converters, active, 3-way separation

0 ... 10 V
24 V AC/DC
6.2
3RS7000-1AE00
3RS7000-2AE00
0 ... 20 mA
24 V AC/DC
6.2
3RS7002-1AE00
3RS7002-2AE00
4 ... 20 mA
24 V AC/DC
6.2
3RS7003-1AE00
3RS7003-2AE00
24 V AC/DC
6.2
3RS7000-1CE00
3RS7000-2CE00
0 ... 20 mA
24 V AC/DC
6.2
3RS7002-1CE00
3RS7002-2CE00
4 ... 20 mA
24 V AC/DC
6.2
3RS7003-1CE00
3RS7003-2CE00
24 V AC/DC
6.2
3RS7000-1DE00
3RS7000-2DE00
0 ... 20 mA
24 V AC/DC
6.2
3RS7002-1DE00
3RS7002-2DE00
4 ... 20 mA
24 V AC/DC
6.2
3RS7003-1DE00
3RS7003-2DE00
24 V AC/DC
6.2
3RS7005-1FE00
3RS7005-2FE00
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
17.5
3RS7005-1FW00
3RS7005-2FW00
24 V AC/DC
6.2
3RS7005-1KE00
3RS7005-2KE00
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
17.5
3RS7005-1KW00
3RS7005-2KW00
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 50 Hz
0 ... 100 Hz
0 ... 1 kHz
0 ... 10 kHz
10
Switchable multi-range converters, active
Switchable multi-range converters, active, with manual/automatic

switch and setting potentiometer as manual analog signal transmitter
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
24 V AC/DC
17.5
3RS7025-1FE00
3RS7025-2FE00
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
17.5
3RS7025-1FW00
3RS7025-2FW00
Switchable universal converters, active, with 16 input ranges

and 3 output ranges
0 ... 60 mV
0 ... 100 mV
0 ... 300 mV
0 ... 500 mV
0 ... 1 V
0 ... 2 V
0 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V
2 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 V
0 ... 5 mA
0 ... 10 mA
-5 ... +5 mA
-20 ... +20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
24 V AC/DC
17.5
3RS7006-1FE00
3RS7006-2FE00
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
17.5
3RS7006-1FW00
3RS7006-2FW00

10/25
Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Accessories
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG

3RQ3900-0A
10 units
41H
For electrical separation of different potentials

when devices of different types are installed side by side
3RQ3900-0A
Connecting combs
Connecting combs
For linking the same potentials,
current carrying capacity for infeed max. 6 A
3RQ3901-0B
2-pole
3RQ3901-0A
10 units
41H
4-pole
3RQ3901-0B
10 units
41H
8-pole
3RQ3901-0C
10 units
41H
16-pole
3RQ3901-0D
10 units
41H
3RQ3902-0A
100 2 000 units
41H
Clip-on labels
Clip-on labels
For terminal marking and equipment labeling, white
5 x 5 mm

A
3RA2908-1A
1 unit
41B
10
3RA2908-1A
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals;
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm; length approx. 200 mm, titanium gray/black,
partially insulated
10/26

Siemens AG 2015
Relays
More information
Active signal converters
Active signal converters provide maximum flexibility for the
application by the use of an external supply voltage. Configuration with active signal converters is extremely easy because
input and output resistances and voltage drops are compensated by the auxiliary supply. They support electrical separation
as well as conversion from one signal type to another or
reinforcement. The load of the measured value transmitter is
negligible.
Passive signal converters
Passive signal converters do not require an external supply
voltage. This advantage can only be used by current signals that
are converted 1:1. Reinforcement or conversion is not possible.
The converters are used for complete electrical separation of
current signals and to protect the inputs and outputs. Passive
signal converters do not operate reaction-free, i.e. any load on
the output produces an equal load on the input signal. When the
passive converter is to be used, the output power of the sensor
and the input resistance of the analog input must be analyzed.
Calculation guide for passive converters
Important: Please note the following when using passive signal
converters:
The current-driving voltage of the measuring transducer UE must
be sufficient to drive the maximum current of 20 mA over the
passive separators with a voltage loss of UV = 2.8 V and the
load RB.
This means that
UB UE = 2.8 V + 20 mA x RB
The following figure shows the input voltage UE as a function of

the load RB taking into account the voltage loss UV. If the load is
known, the y-axis shows the minimum voltage that has to be supplied by the current source in order to drive the maximum current
of 20 mA over the passive signal converter and load.
UE/ V
NSB0_01313b
22,8
20
15
10
5
2,8
0
0
100
2
200
4
300
6
400
8
600
12
800 RB/1 000

16 UA/ V 20
Input voltage depending on the load at Ia = 20 mA
Load rating of the outputs

A maximum output load is specified for current signals. This
resistance value specifies how large the input resistance of the
next device connected in series can be as a result of the power
of the converter.
For voltage signals, the maximum current that can be drawn
from the output is the decisive factor.
3-way separation
For the 3-way separation, each circuit is electrically separated
from the other circuits, i.e. input, output, and control supply
voltage do not have equipotential bonding.
NSB0_01343b
UB
UV = 2,8 V
IN
OUT
Vcc
UE
RB
10
3-way isolation
3-way separation
NSB0_01312b
Distribution of the voltages in the case of passive signal converters
10/27
Siemens AG 2015
Relays
10
Notes
10/28
11
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Technology
Price groups
PG 41B, 41L, 42B, 42C, 42J
11/2
11/3
11/13
11/14
11/15
11/16
11/18
11/19
Introduction
Safety relays
General data
Basic units
- SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units
- SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units
- SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units
Expansion units
- Output expansions
- Input expansions
Accessories
11
Note:
Conversion tool,
e.g. from 3TK28 to 3SK, see

information.
Article-No.
3RA1943-2C
3RA1943-2B
3RA1953-2B
3RA1953-2N

www.siemens.com/
product?3RA1943-2C
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Technology
Introduction
Article No.
Page
3SK111
11/13
3SK112
11/14
3SK2
11/15
3SK121,
3SK122,
3SK123
11/16,
11/18
SIRIUS Safety Integrated

3SK safety relays
Key modules of a consistent and cost-effective safety chain
Can be used for all safety applications thanks to compliance with the highest safety
requirements (PL e according to EN ISO 13849-1 or SIL 3 according to IEC 61508)
Suitable for use all over the world through compliance with all globally established
certifications
SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units
3SK111.
Simple, compact devices for all important requirements for monitoring safety sensors and
actuators
SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units
Multifunctional series of safety relays with safe relay outputs, semiconductor outputs
or time-delayed outputs for:
- EMERGENCY-STOP monitoring
- Protective door monitoring
- Monitoring of non-floating sensors such as light arrays, laser scanners, etc.
3SK112.
- Monitoring of two-hand operation consoles

- Monitoring of equivalent (NC/NC) and antivalent (NO/NC) sensors
Setting by means of DIP switch
Series of safety relays that can be parameterized by software, featuring semiconductor
outputs and independent enabling circuits for:
- EMERGENCY-STOP monitoring
- Protective door monitoring
- Protective door monitoring with tumbler
- Monitoring of non-floating sensors such as light arrays, laser scanners, etc.
3SK2
- Monitoring of two-hand operation consoles

- Monitoring of equivalent (NC/NC) and antivalent (NO/NC) sensors
- Muting
Expansion units
Output expansions 3RO and 4RO for SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units,
SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units and SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units
Input expansion for SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units
Power supply for SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units
Integration of 3RM1 motor starters possible and simple integration of a main circuit component
in a system configuration of the safety relays.
There is no need for complex wiring between the safety evaluation unit and the actuator.
3SK121.
Expansion of the Standard device series by means of wiring
11
Expansion of the SIRIUS 3SK1 and SIRIUS 3SK2 Advanced device series by means of wiring
or without wiring outlay by means of 3ZY12 device connectors
Connection methods
The safety relays are available with screw or spring-type
terminals.
Screw terminals
Push-in connection method

Push-in connections are a form of spring-type terminals allowing
fast wiring without tools for rigid conductors or conductors
equipped with end sleeves.
As with other spring-type terminals, a screwdriver (with
3.0 x 0.5 mm blade) is required to disconnect the conductor.
The same tool can also be used to wire finely-stranded or
stranded conductors with no end finishing.
The advantages of the push-in terminals are found, as with all
spring-type terminals, in speed of assembly and disassembly
and vibration-proof connection. There is no need for the
checking and tightening required with screw terminals.
11/2
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
General data
Overview
3SK1 Advanced basic units
However, 3SK1 Advanced basic units also offer the following:
Universal application opportunities thanks to multifunctionality
Time-delayed outputs
Expansion of inputs and outputs
3SK2 basic units
In addition, 3SK2 basic units offer:
Up to six fail-safe trip functions
Flexible application thanks to software parameterization
Powerful semiconductor outputs
Convenient diagnostics using diagnostics display and
configuration software
In the case of 3SK1 Advanced basic units/3SK2 basic units, the
3ZY12 device connector allows safety functions involving
several sensors and actuators to be set up very quickly.
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are the key elements of a consistent,

cost-effective safety chain. Whether you need EMERGENCYSTOP functionality, protective door monitoring, light arrays, laser
scanners or the protection of presses or punches slimline
SIRIUS safety relays enable all safety applications to be implemented in the best possible way in terms of engineering and
price.
1
IC 01_0 03
The following safety-related functions are available:

Monitoring the safety functions of sensors
Monitoring the sensor leads
Monitoring the correct device function of the safety relay
Monitoring the actuators in the shutdown circuit
Safety-related disconnection when dangers arise
36a
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are approved for applications up to

SIL 3 (IEC 61508/IEC 62061) or PL e (EN ISO 13849-1).
Device series
3SK1 Standard basic units

The 3SK1 Standard basic units are characterized by the
following features:
Compact design
Simple operation
Relay and semiconductor outputs
Economical solution
11
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays stand out on account of their flexibility

in both parameterization and system configurations with several
evaluation units. Optimized solutions when selecting components are facilitated by a clearly structured component range:
3SK2 basic units
3SK output expansions
3SK1 input expansions
Accessories
1 Standard mounting rail

2 Device connector
3 Device terminating connector
4 SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starter
5 SIRIUS 3SK1211 output expansion
6 SIRIUS 3SK1121 Advanced basic unit
7 SIRIUS 3SK1220 sensor expansion
System configuration example
3SK1 Standard and Advanced and 3SK2 devices are highquality replacements for 3TK28 safety relays. In their narrow
design, and equipped with greater functionality, they can
replace any 3TK28 device. The only exceptions to this are
3TK2810 devices.
Note:
For converting from 3TK28 to 3SK, see conversion tool
http://www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool.
11/3
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
General data
Overview of functions of the 3SK series
Type
3SK2 basic units

22.5 mm
45 mm
Safe relay outputs
Safe electronic
outputs
Safe relay outputs
Safe electronic
outputs
Safe electronic
outputs
Safe electronic
outputs
1)
---
- by means of
cascading
--
--
--
--
--
--
10 single-channel,
5 two-channel
20 single-channel,
10 two-channel
Using wiring
A large number of functions can be

adjusted via software parameterization for
each input/output.
Using wiring
---
--
--
--
- Using wiring
- Using wiring
Parameterizable
Parameterizable
Parameterizable
Parameterizable
---
---
4)
5)
- External memory module

- Display on device
External diagnostic tool can -be connected
----
----
----
--
--
3)
3)
--
--
Sensors
Mechanical
Single-ended
Antivalent
Expandable
Inputs
Freely parameterizable
Parameter
Start (auto/monitored)
Sensor connection,
2 x 1-channel/
1 x 2-channel
Crossover monitoring
Start test ON/OFF
Monitoring of two-hand
operator panels
acc. to EN 574
Safety shutdown/
pressure-sensitive mat
Safe outputs
Instantaneous
Time-delayed
Can be expanded using
safe relay outputs
independent
Device connectors
Options

24 V DC
115 240 V AC/DC
2)
11
Available
-- Not available
1)
24 V basic units only.
2)
24 V AC/DC.
3)
Possible using 3SK1230 power supply via device connector.
4)
Up to 4 independent safe outputs, two of which via device connector.
5)
Up to 6 independent safe outputs, two of which via device connector.
11/4
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
General data
Parameter assignment
3SK112 and 3SK1112 with DIP switches
3SK2 with software
The 3SK112 and 3SK1112 safety relays are configurable safety

relays. They are used as evaluation units for typical safety chains
(detect, evaluate, respond). A number of functions can be set
using the DIP switches on the front. Thus the 3SK112 and
3SK1112 can be used universally.
3SK2 safety relays are configured using the SIRIUS Safety ES

software. This means that the response of a 3SK2 unit, as well as
the function of the individual safe outputs, can be parameterized
easily and conveniently in the logic diagram. In addition, the
configuration can be printed out for documentation purposes.
The software also supports the user during commissioning and
troubleshooting by means of online diagnostics and the option
of "forcing" signals in the logic plan. Through this, 3SK2 safety
relays are able to offer maximum flexibility and universal application options.
OFF
ON
Autostart sensor
input
Monitored start
sensor input
without crossover
monitoring
With crossover
monitoring
2 x single-channel
sensor connection
1 x 2-channel
sensor connection
with start test
without start test
3
4
Circuit diagram
ON
Note:
For SIRIUS Safety ES, see Chapter 14 "Parametrization,

Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS".
2
3
4
IC01_00196
DIP switch
No.
3
2
7
10
4
2
11
5
6
8
1
9
1 Connecting terminals
4 DIP switches
Device interface
10 Memory module
2 Labeled cover caps
5 SET/RESET button
Data matrix code
11 Device Display
6 Sealable cover
Width
IC01_00431
11
3 LED status display
Innovative enclosure concept for SIRIUS 3SK safety relays
11/5
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
General data
Through the integration of SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starters into the
SIRIUS 3SK safety relay system family, this wiring has been minimized for the first time.
Can be expanded by adding the 3RM1 motor starter

With previous safety relay and motor feeder configurations, a
huge amount of wiring was required to monitor motor feeders in
safety applications.
Motors up to 3 kW can be easily integrated into the safety relay

system using SIRIUS 3ZY12 device connectors, without additional wiring between the evaluation unit and the motor starter.
Safety relays
3RM1 motor starter
IC01_00178
3SK1 safety relay
Motor
Motor
starters
IC01_00177
3SK1 and 3RM1 system design
Motor
Conventional system configuration
Article No. scheme

3SK1
Safety relays
1st - 3rd 4th

@@@
@
5th
@
6th
@
7th
@
9th
A
10th 11th 12th

@
@
@
3SK
@
Generation
Device version
Device series
Type of outputs
Connection type
11
8th
@
Type of rated control supply voltage
Time delay
Example
3SK
5th
@
6th
@
7th
@
8th
@
9th
A
10th 11th 12th

A
1
0
3SK2
Safety relays
1st - 3rd 4th

@@@
@
3SK
@
Generation
Device version
Device variant or quantity structure
Type of outputs
Type of connection
Example
3SK
Note:
The article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
article numbers.
11/6
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
General data
Benefits
General
Approved for all safety applications because of its compliance
with the highest safety requirements (SIL 3 and PL e)
Universally usable thanks to adjustable parameters
Usable worldwide thanks to globally valid certificates
Compact SIRIUS design
Device connectors with standard rail mounting for flexible
connectability and expandability
Removable terminals for greater plant availability
Yellow terminal covers clearly identify the device as a safety
component
Sensor cable length up to 2000 m allows it to be used in plants
covering large areas
Relay outputs
Different voltages can be switched through the floating
contacts
Currents up to 5 A can be switched with relay contacts with
AC-15/DC-13
Solid-state outputs
Wear-free
Suitable for operation in fast switching applications
Insensitive to vibrations and dirt
Good electrical endurance
Power outputs (3SK1213 output expansion)
Different voltages can be switched through the floating
contacts
The power relay contacts allow currents of up to
10 A AC-15/DC-13 to be connected
Long mechanical and electrical endurance
Protective separation among the safe outputs and between
safe outputs and electronics
Can be expanded by adding the 3RM1 motor starter
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are ideal for combining with SIRIUS
3RM1 motor starters.
This makes collective shutdown very easy in assemblies. The

wiring, and ultimately the shutting down of the control supply
voltage for the expansion components in EMERGENCY-STOP
situations, is performed via the device connector. There is no further need for complex looping of the connecting cables between
the safety relay and the motor starters.
The 3RM1 motor starter combines the benefits of semiconductor
technology and relay technology. This combination is also
known as hybrid technology.
The hybrid technology in the motor starter is characterized by
the following features:
The inrush current in the case of motorized loads is routed
briefly via the semiconductors. Advantages include protection
of the relay contacts and a long service life due to low wear.
The uninterrupted current is conducted via relay contacts.
Advantages include lower heat losses compared with the
semiconductor.
Shutdown is implemented again via the semiconductor. The
contacts are only slightly exposed to arcs, and this results in a
longer service life.
Integrated overload protection
Note:
For SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starters, see Catalog IC 10, chapter 8,
"Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in Switchgear
Cabinets" "SIRIUS 3RM1 Motor Starter".
3ZY1 device connector
Using 3ZY1 device connectors to combine devices reduces the
time required to configure and wire the components. At the same
time errors are avoided during wiring, and this considerably reduces the testing required for the fully-assembled application.
Configuration and stock keeping
Variable setting options by means of DIP switches or software, a
wide voltage range (3SK1111) and a special power supply unit
(3SK1 only) reduce the cost of spare parts storage and simplify
the considerations during configuration with regard to the evaluation units to be selected.
11
Combinations are made by means of

SIRIUS 3ZY1 device connectors (in combination with 3SK1
Advanced/3SK2) or
Conventional wiring (for all 3SK1 und 3SK2 basic devices).
Application
3SK1 safety relays
3SK2 safety relays
SIRIUS 3SK1 safety relays are used mainly in autonomous safety

applications which are not connected to a safety-oriented bus
system. Their function here is to evaluate the sensors and the
safety-oriented shutdown of hazards. Also they check and monitor the sensors, actuators and safety-oriented functions of the
safety relay.
SIRIUS 3SK2 safety relays are used mainly in autonomous and

more complex safety applications, in which the functional scope
of the 3SK1 devices is no longer adequate, e.g. when implementing independent trip functions. Their function here is to
evaluate the sensors and the safety-related shutdown of hazards. They also check and monitor the sensors, actuators and
safety-oriented functions of the safety relay.
11/7
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
General data
SIRIUS 3SK1 safety relays
Type
3SK1111,
3SK1211
3SK1112
3SK1120
3SK1121
3SK1122
3SK1213
3SK1220
mm
mm
mm
22.5
100
121.6
22.5
100
91.6
17.5
100
121.6
22.5
100
121.6
22.5
100
121.6
90
100
121.6
17.5
100
121.6
C
C
-25 +60
-40 +80
Installation altitude at height

above sea level maximum
2 000
Air pressure
According to SN 31205
hPa 900 1 060

5 g /10 ms
10 g /11 ms
Dimensions
Width
Height
Depth
General data
Ambient temperature
During operation
During storage
Shock resistance
10 g /11 ms
Vibration resistance
acc. to IEC 60068-2-6
5 ... 500 Hz: 0.75 mm
IP degree of protection
of the enclosure
IP20
Touch protection
against electric shock
Finger-safe
Insulation voltage, rated value
300
50
300
50
300
50
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
4 000
500
4 000
500
4 000
800
Safety integrity level (SIL)

According to IEC 61508
SIL 3
Performance Level (PL)

According to ISO 13849-1
T1 value for proof test interval

or service duration
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

EMC emitted interference
Certificate of suitability
UL certification
TV approval
IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 60947-5-1,

class B
class A
IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 60947-5-1,

class B
class A
Yes
Yes
Type
11
20
3SK1111,
3SK1121-.AB40,
3SK1211
3SK1112,
3SK1122
3SK1120
3SK1121-.CB4.
3SK1213
3
3
6
10
Switching capacity
Switching capacity current
of the NO contacts
of the relay outputs
at DC-13 at 24 V
at AC-15 at 230 V
A
A
5
5
---

of the semiconductor outputs
at DC-13 at 24 V
--
Type
0.5
--
3SK1111.AB30,
3SK1211
3SK1111.AW20
3SK1112,
3SK1220
3SK1120,
3SK1122.AB40
3SK1121.AB40
3SK1121.CB41
3SK1122.CB41
3SK1213
1.5 x 10-9
1.0 x 10-9
1.3 x 10-9
2.5 x 10-9
3.7 x 10-9
1.5 x 10-9
1.0 x 10-9
PFHd and PFDavg values

Probability of a dangerous
failure per hour (PFHd)
at a high demand rate
according to EN 62061
1/h
1.7 x 10-9
Average probability of failure

of the safety function upon
demand (PFDavg) at a low
demand rate
1/h
1.0 x 10-6
7.0 x 10-6
Note:
3SK1230 technical specifications,
see Manual "3SK1 Safety Relays",
11/8
1.0 x 10-6
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
General data
SIRIUS 3SK2 safety relays
Article number
3SK2112-.AA10
3SK2122-.AA10
mm
mm
mm
22.5
100
124.5
45
C
C
-20 ... +60

-40 ... +85
Installation altitude at height

above sea level maximum
2 000
Air pressure
According to SN 31205
kPa
90 ... 106
Width
Height
Depth
Dimensions:
General data
Ambient temperature
During operation
During storage
Shock resistance
15 g / 11 ms
Vibration resistance
according to IEC 60068-2-6
5 ... 500 Hz: 0.75 mm
IP degree of protection of the

enclosure
IP20
Touch protection against

electric shock
Finger-safe
Insulation voltage,
rated value
50
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
800
Safety integrity level (SIL)

SIL 3
Performance Level (PL)

According to EN ISO 13849-1
T1 value for proof test interval

or service duration
20
Class A
EMC emitted interference

According to IEC 60947-1
Certificate of suitability
UL certification
TV approval
Yes
Yes
Switching capacity
of the semiconductor outputs
at DC-13 at 24 V
Probability of a dangerous
failure per hour (PFHd)
at a high demand rate
according to EN 62061
1/h
1 x 10-8
1.2 x 10-8
Average probability of failure

of the safety function upon
demand (PFDavg) at a low
demand rate
1/h
1.5 x 10-5
1.8 x 10-5
11
PFHd and PFDavg values
Note:
Manual "3SK2 Safety Relays", see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16386.
11/9
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
General data
Schematics
A1+ T1 IN1 T2 IN2 T3 IN3 T4 INF/S 13 23 33 41
A1+ T1 IN1 T2 IN2 T4 INF/S
IC01_00275
IC01_00274
A2
14 24 34 42
Basic unit 3SK1111-.AB30, Standard relay instantaneous (24 V AC/DC)
A2
14 24 34 42
Basic unit 3SK1111-.AW20, Standard relay instantaneous

(110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
A1+ INK IN1 T1 PAR IN2 T2 INF INS
A1+ INK T1 IN1 T2 IN2 INF INS
13 23 33 41
IC01_00277
IC01_00276
Q1 Q2
A2
13 23 33 41
A2
QM1
Basic unit 3SK1112-.BB40, Standard solid-state (24 V DC)

14 24 34 42
3SK1121-.AB40, Advanced relay instantaneous basic unit

13 23
37 47
14 24
38 48
IC01_00279
IC01_00278
A2
Q1 Q2 Q3
A2
3SK1121-.CB4, Advanced relay instantaneous basic unit

QM1
3SK1122-.AB40, Advanced solid-state instantaneous basic unit
11
IC01_00280
Q1 Q2 Qt1 Qt2
A2
3SK1122-.CB4, Advanced solid-state instantaneous basic unit
IC01_00281
Q1
A2
3SK1120-.AB40, Advanced 17.5 mm solid-state instantaneous basic unit
Legend:
A1, A2 = Power supply of the device
INS = Start circuit
13/14 bis 33/34 = Instantaneous enabling circuits, relays
INK = Cascading input
41/42 = Feedback contact
PAR = Parameterizing input (NO/NC monitoring)
T1, T2 = Test signal
Q1, Q2, Q3 = Instantaneous enabling circuit, solid-state
IN1, IN2 = Sensor input
QM1 = Signaling output, solid-state
INF = Feedback circuit
11/10
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
General data
3SK2 basic units
A1+
T1
F-IN1
F-IN3
F-IN5
F-IN7
F-IN9
T2
F-IN2
F-IN4
F-IN6
F-IN8
F-IN10
24V+
IC01_00416
FE
A2-
F-Q1
F-Q2
QM1
F-IN20
F-IN18
F-IN16
F-IN14
F-IN12
F-IN10
F-IN8
F-IN6
F-IN4
F-IN2
T2_2
T2_1
F-IN19
F-IN17
F-IN15
F-IN13
F-IN9
F-IN7
F-IN5
F-IN3
F-IN1
T1_2
T1_1
A1+ A1+
F-IN11
3SK2112 basic unit
24V+
IC01_00415
FE A2- A2- A2- F-Q1
F-Q2
F-Q3
F-Q4
QM1
QM2
3SK2122 basic unit

Legend:
FE = Functional ground
T1_1, T2_1 = First pair of test signals
T2_1, T2_2 = Second pair of test signals
F-IN1 to F-IN20 = Fail-safe sensor inputs 1 to 20
F-Q1 to F-Q4 = Fail-safe outputs, solid-state
11
QM1, QM2 = Signaling outputs, solid-state
11/11
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
General data
Schematics
Expansion units
A1+
A1+
13 23 33 43
51
14 24 34 44
52
A2
IC01_00283
4RO 3SK1211 output expansion
13 23 33
41
14 24 34
42
A2
IC01_00284
3RO 3SK1213 output expansion

A1+
A2
IC01_00286
IN1 T1 PAR IN2 T2 INS
IC01_00285
3SK1220 input expansion
3SK1230 power supply
Legend:
INS = Start circuit
13/14 to 43/44 = Instantaneous enabling circuits, relays
INK = Cascading input
41/42 to 51/52 = Feedback contact
PAR = Parameterizing input (NO/NC monitoring)
Q1, Q2 = Instantaneous enabling circuit, solid-state
IN1, IN2 = Sensor input
Qt1, Qt2 = Delayed enabling circuit, solid-state
INF = Feedback circuit
More information
For the manual "3SK1 Safety Relays", see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/67585885.
11
For "3SK2 safety relays" device manual, see

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16386.
11/12
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
Basic Units
Overview
The 3SK111 Standard basic units are characterized by simple
and variable functionality. These devices are recommended for
safety functions requiring only a few sensors and a small number
of outputs on the safety relay.
Number of safe outputs
Type and number of safe outputs
Relays
Electronic
Instanta- TimeInstanta- Timeneous

delayed neous
delayed
Signal- Device
ing cir- conneccuits
tors

3
--
--
--
--
3SK1112-.BB40 --
--
--
--
3SK1111-.A..0
-- Not available
3SK111 Standard basic unit

PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41L
3SK1111-1AB30
3SK1112-1BB40
3SK1111-1AW20
DT
At 50 Hz
At AC
At DC
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
(push-in)
Article No.
Price
per PU
24
24
3SK1111-1AB30
3SK1111-2AB30
110 240
110 240
3SK1111-1AW20
3SK1111-2AW20
3SK1112-1BB40
3SK1112-2BB40
11
Standard basic units

with 3 safe relay outputs
Standard basic units

with 2 safe semiconductor outputs
--
24

11/13
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
Basic Units
SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units
Overview
Relays
Electronic

delayed neous
delayed
Signal- Device
tors

3SK1120-.AB40 --
--
--
--
3SK1121-.AB40 3
--
--
--
--
--
--
3SK1122-.AB40 --
--
--
--
--
--
3SK1121-.CB4.
3SK1122-.CB4.
Available
-- Not available
3SK112 Advanced basic unit
The 3SK112 Advanced basic units form an innovative system

landscape that allows even complex safety functions with large
numbers of sensors and outputs to be built up using the device
connectors. It is possible to increase both the number of inputs
for sensors and the number of safe outputs of the basic unit without the need for wiring between the devices.

PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41L
11
3SK1121-1AB40
3SK1120-1AB40
Rated control Adjustable

Number of outputs as
supply
OFF-delay time contacting contact
voltage Us
blocks
at DC
InstantaDelayed
neous
switching
switching
V
3SK1122-1CB41
3SK1122-1AB40
Number of outputs as
contactless semiconductor contact block
Instantaneous
switching
Delayed
switching
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals (push-in)
Article No.
Price
per PU
Advanced basic units with safe relay outputs

24
--
--
--
--
3SK1121-1AB40
3SK1121-2AB40
24
0.05 3
--
--
3SK1121-1CB41
3SK1121-2CB41
24
0.5 30
--
--
3SK1121-1CB42
3SK1121-2CB42
24
5 300
--
--
3SK1121-1CB44
3SK1121-2CB44
Advanced basic units with safe semiconductor outputs

24
--
--
--
--
3SK1120-1AB40
3SK1120-2AB40
24
--
--
--
--
3SK1122-1AB40
3SK1122-2AB40
24
0.05 3
--
--
3SK1122-1CB41
3SK1122-2CB41
24
0.5 30
--
--
3SK1122-1CB42
3SK1122-2CB42
24
5 300
--
--
3SK1122-1CB44
3SK1122-2CB44
11/14

Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
Basic Units
Overview
3SK2 basic units offer a large number of inputs and outputs
despite their narrow design. In addition, demanding safety
applications with several independent safety functions are also
easy to implement. Powerful semiconductor outputs, as well as
expandability with additional 3SK output expansions and 3RM1
failsafe motor starters using device connectors, offer flexible
application options. In addition, flexible time functions and
diagnostics options are also available.
Type and number of Signaling
safe outputs
circuits
Electronic
Electronic
Fail-safe outputs
using device
connectors
3SK2112-.AA10
3SK2122-.AA10
3SK2 basic units
3SK2 basic unit

PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41L
3SK2112
3SK2122
Safety-related outputs
2-channel
Width
DT
at DC
Article No.
DT
Screw terminals
mm
Price
per PU
(push-in)
Article No.
Price
per PU
22.5
3SK2112-1AA10
3SK2112-2AA10
24
45
3SK2122-1AA10
3SK2122-2AA10

11
3SK2 basic units

24
11/15
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
Expansion Units
Output expansions
Overview
3SK1213 output expansion
A 3SK1213 output expansion is used to expand the safe outputs
of a basic unit by adding three safe outputs with high switching
capacity. These outputs have a switching capacity of
AC-15 10 A at a switching voltage of 230 V. The devices can be
connected to any 3SK basic unit by means of wiring. As with
3SK1211, it is also possible to connect the version with a
24 V DC control supply voltage to the 3SK1 and 3SK2 Advanced
basic units on the 3ZY12 device connector.
Note:
It is only possible to expand the Standard basic units my means
of wiring. Advanced basic units can be expanded using the
3ZY12 device connector.
Relays
Electronic

delayed neous
delayed
Signal- Device
tors
3SK output expansions
3SK121 output expansions can be used to expand any

3SK basic device.
4RO
3RO
A 3SK1211 output expansion is used to expand the safe circuits

of a basic unit by adding another four safe circuits. These
outputs have a switching capacity of AC-15 5 A at a switching
voltage of 230 V. The devices can be connected to any
3SK basic unit by means of wiring. In addition, devices with a
24 V DC control supply voltage can also be connected to
3SK1 and 3SK2 Advanced basic units using 3ZY12 device
connectors.
11
Benefits
Perfect adaptation of the number of inputs
Simple expansion of instantaneous and time-delayed safe
outputs of Advanced basic units via rear panel connection
Two further freely parameterizable trip functions for 3SK2
basic units
Expansion with power contacts for high AC-15/DC-13 currents
in the control circuit
No safe output required in the evaluation unit to control the
expansion modules
No wiring of the feedback circuit to the expansion modules is
necessary
Shorter installation times
Less configuring and testing required
11/16
3SK1211
3SK1213
--
--
--
11)
2)
--
--
--
11)
2)
Available
-- Not available
1)
Feedback circuit.
2)
For 24 V DC.
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
Expansion Units
Output expansions

PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41L
3SK1211-1BB00
3SK1213-1AB40
DT
At 50 Hz
At AC
At DC
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals (push-in)
Article No.
Price
per PU
3SK1211 output expansions with 4RO

24
--
3SK1211-1BB00
3SK1211-2BB00
--
24
3SK1211-1BB40
3SK1211-2BB40
110 ... 240
110 ... 240
3SK1211-1BW20
3SK1211-2BW20
3SK1213 output expansions with 3RO

24
3SK1213-1AB40
3SK1213-2AB40
115
--
3SK1213-1AJ20
3SK1213-2AJ20
230
--
3SK1213-1AL20
3SK1213-2AL20
11
--

11/17
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
Expansion Units
Input expansions
Overview
3SK1220 input expansion
The 3SK1220 input expansion allows additional sensors to be
integrated easily and flexibly. The device monitors two 1-channel
sensors or one 2-channel sensor, whatever their output
technology (floating/single-ended).
Note:
The 3SK1220 sensor expansion can only be connected to the
3SK1 Advanced basic units using a 3ZY12 device connector.
The 3SK1230 power supply makes the 3SK1 devices universally
usable, whatever control supply voltage is to be used.
Both devices can be combined with the 3SK112 basic units in
the Advanced series without the need for wiring.
Note:
Alongside the 3ZY12 device connector, the 3SK1230 power
supply can also be wired to act as a power supply for 3SK1
devices.
3SK1220 sensor expansion
With the input expansions

3SK1220 sensor expansion and
the 3SK1 Advanced basic units can be made more flexible.
Benefits
Perfect adaptation of the number of inputs to suit the application
Universal use thanks to the wide range of adjustable parameters for sensor expansion (parameters as for 3SK1 Advanced
basic units)
A wide voltage range of 110 ... 240 V AC/DC allows the

devices to be used worldwide
Low stock keeping due to little variance
Flexible expansion of the number of sensors without the need
for additional wiring between the devices
11
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41L
3SK1220-1AB40
3SK1230-1AW20
Version
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
(push-in)
Article No.
Price
per PU
3SK1220 sensor expansions

Sensor expansions for safety-related expansion of the
3SK1 Advanced basic units by adding a further 2-channel sensor or
two 1-channel sensors
3SK1220-1AB40
3SK1220-2AB40
3SK1230-1AW20
3SK1230-2AW20
Note:
Can only be used in conjunction with 3ZY12 device connectors,
see page11/19.
3SK1230 power supplies

Power supplies for supplying 3SK1 Advanced basic units
via 3ZY12 device connectors at voltages of 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
11/18

Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
Accessories
Overview
The following accessories are available for SIRIUS 3SK safety
relays:
Device connectors
Terminals
Sealing covers
Push-in lugs
Coding pins
Inscription labels
Tools
Additionally for 3SK2:

Connection cables (essential accessory)
USB PC cables and adapters
Diagnostics display
Memory module
Interface cover
Door adapter
Device connectors for 3SK112, 3SK12.. and 3SK2

The device connector enables several devices from 3SK/3RM1
systems to be interconnected, the last device in a system
structure being set on a device termination connector.
Device connectors are available in various versions specifically
for 3SK safety relays:
For type
Device connectors
3ZY1212-1BA00
(for 3SK1,
width 17.5 mm)
Device termination connectors

3ZY1212-2BA00
(for 3SK1,
width 22.5 mm)
3ZY1212-2GA00
(for 3SK2,
width 22.5 mm)
3ZY1212-4GA01
(for 3SK2,
width 45 mm)
3ZY1212-2DA00
(for 3SK1,
width 22.5 mm)
3ZY1212-0FA01
(for 3SK1, set for
enclosures > 45 mm)

3SK1120
--
--
--
--
--
3SK1121
--
--
--
--
3SK1122
--
--
--
--
3SK2112
--
--
--
--
--
3SK2122
--
--
--
--
--
3SK1211
--
--
3SK1213
--
--
--
3SK1220
--
--
--
--
--
3SK1230
--
--
--
--
--
3SK2 basic units
Output expansions
Input expansions
Available
-- Not available
Removable terminals for 3SK
For type
11
The following removable terminals are available for 3SK safety

relays for the prewiring of terminals in the control cabinet or for
terminal replacement:
Removable terminals
Screw terminals
2-pole
3ZY1121-1BA00
3-pole
3ZY1131-1BA00
2-pole
3ZY1121-2BA00
3-pole
3ZY1131-2BA00
3SK1111
--
--
3SK1112
--
--
3SK1120
--
--
3SK1121
--
--
3SK1122
bottom
top
bottom
top
3SK2112
--
--
3SK2122
--
1)
--
1)
3SK1211
--
--
3SK1213
--
--
--
--
3SK1220
--
top
--
top
3SK1230
bottom
--
bottom
--
3SK1 basic units
3SK2 basic units
Output expansions
Input expansions
Available
-- Not available
1)
For 3SK2122 two terminal sets are required.
11/19
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
Accessories

Version
DT
Article No.
Width 17.5 mm
Width 22.5 mm
Width 22.5 mm
Width 45 mm
Device terminating connectors
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3ZY1212-1BA00
1 unit
41L
3ZY1212-2BA00
1 unit
41L
3ZY1212-2GA00
1 unit
41L
3ZY1212-4GA01
1 unit
41L
3ZY1212-2DA00
1 unit
41L
3ZY1212-0FA01
1 unit
41L
Device connectors for the electrical connection of SIRIUS devices

in the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure
Device connectors for 3SK1
3ZY1212-1BA00
Device connectors for 3SK2
3ZY1212-4GA01
For 3SK1, width 22.5 mm
Note:
Observe positions of the slide switch,
see Manual "3SK1 Safety Relays",
Device terminating connector set
For 3SK1213, width > 45 mm,
comprising 3ZY1212-2FA00 and 3ZY1210-2AA00
3ZY1212-2DA00
Terminals for SIRIUS devices in the industrial standard mounting rail

enclosure
Screw terminals
Removable terminals
11
2-pole, screw terminals up to 2 x 1.5 mm or

1 x 2.5 mm
3-pole, screw terminals up to max. 2 x 1.5 mm
or 1 x 2.5 mm 1)
3ZY1121-1BA00
6 units
41L
3ZY1131-1BA00
6 units
41L
(push-in)
3ZY1121-1BA00
2-pole, push-in terminals up to max. 2 x 1.5 mm
3ZY1121-2BA00
6 units
41L
3-pole, push-in terminals up to max. 2 x 1.5 mm 1)
3ZY1131-2BA00
6 units
41L
Length 0.1 m (flat)
3UF7931-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
Length 0.3 m (flat)
3UF7935-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
Length 0.5 m (flat)
3UF7932-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
Length 0.5 m (round)
3UF7932-0BA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7937-0BA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7933-0BA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7941-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7946-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
Connection cables for 3SK2 (essential accessory)

Connection cable
For connecting diagnostics module to 3SK2 basic unit
3UF7932-0AA00-0
PC cables and adapters for 3SK2

USB PC cables
3UF7941-0AA00-0

for communication with 3SK2 through the system interface,
recommended for use in connection with 3SK2
USB-to-serial adapters
For connecting an RS 232 PC cable
to the USB interface of a PC
1)
Two sets of terminals are required for 3SK2122.
11/20

Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RK3611-3AA00
1 unit
42B
3UF7920-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7950-0AA00-0
5 units
42J
3RK3931-0AA00
1 unit
42C
17.5 mm
(for 3SK1120 and 3SK1220)
3ZY1321-1AA00
5 units
41L
22.5 mm
(for all 3SK1 devices except 3SK1120 and 3SK1220)
3ZY1321-2AA00
5 units
41L
Push-in lugs
For wall mounting
3ZY1311-0AA00
10 units
41L
Coding pins
A
For removable terminals of SIRIUS devices
in the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure.
They enable the mechanical coding of terminals,
see Manual "3SK1 Safety Relays" ,
3ZY1440-1AA00
12 units
41L
3RT2900-1SB20
100 340 units
41B
Operating and monitoring modules for 3SK2

Diagnostics modules
From product version E04 or higher, for direct display of
errors, e.g. of cross-circuits
3RK3611-3AA00
Door adapters for 3SK2

Door adapters
For external connection of the system interface,
e.g. outside a control cabinet
3UF7920-0AA00-0
Interface covers for 3SK2

Interface covers
For system interface
3UF7950-0AA00-0
Memory modules for 3SK2

Memory modules
For backing up the complete parameterization of the
3SK2 safety system without a PC/PG through the system
interface
3RK3931-0AA00
Accessories for enclosures

Sealing covers
11
3ZY1321-2AA00
3ZY1311-0AA00
3ZY1440-0AA00
Blank labels
IC01_00181
Unit labeling plates

For SIRIUS devices
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray1)
3RT2900-1SB20

3RA2908-1A
1)
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals;
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm; length approx. 200 mm, titanium
gray/black, partially insulated
PC labeling system for individual inscription

of unit labeling plates available from:

3RA2908-1A
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,

see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 16, "Appendix"
1 unit
41B
"External Partners".
11/21
Siemens AG 2015
Safety Relays
11
Notes
11/22
12
Siemens AG 2015
Price groups
PG 41K, 41L
12/2
SIRIUS 3SE6 non-contact safety

switches
Magnet
3SE66, 3SE67 magnetically operated
switches
12
12/3
Introduction

information.
Article-No.
3RA1943-2C
3RA1943-2B
3RA1953-2B
3RA1953-2N

www.siemens.com/
product?3RA1943-2C
Siemens AG 2015

Introduction
Overview
Enclosure
Plastic
Metal
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
Standards
IEC 60947-5-3
Contact blocks/outputs
Reed contacts
Special features
LED status display
Increased corrosion protection
ASIsafe integrated
Electrical specifications
Insulation voltage Ui
12
Conventional thermal current Ith

Connections
M8 plug, 4-pole
8 mm , latching connection,
plug, 6-pole
M12 plug, 4-pole
Molded cables
AS-Interface
Actuators
Switching magnet
Page
Complete units
ASIsafe
3SE66,
3SE67
3SE66,
3SE67
Magnetically operated switches,

standard range
Magnetically operated switches,

supplementary range in new design
-M30; 25 x 88; 25 x 33
IP67
-25 x 88; 26 x 36
IP67
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NC
1 NO + 1 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact)
1 NO + 1 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact)
2 NC
2 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact)
----
---
100 V AC/DC
24 V DC
250 mA
400 mA
75 V DC
50 V AC
250 mA
--
--
-
--
12/3
--
12/3
--
Available
-- Not available
Note:
Safety characteristics see Catalog IC 10,
Chapter 16, "Appendix" "Standards and Approvals".
12/2
Siemens AG 2015
SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety Switches

Magnet
3SE66, 3SE67 magnetically operated switches
Overview
3SE66 contact blocks and 3SE67 switching magnets, standard range
3SE66 contact blocks and 3SE67 switching magnets, supplementary

range in new design
A magnetically operated switch comprises a coded switching

magnet and a contact block (sensor unit). The magnetically
operated switch must be connected to a safety relay, e.g.
SIRIUS 3SK1, or a bus system, e.g. SIMATIC ET 200SP, for evaluation. The switches use reed contacts as mechanical contacts.
The status of the contacts is monitored by an evaluation unit.
Safety relays
3SK safety relays can be deployed anywhere in the world as
they have been approved by all certification organizations.
Since they satisfy the most exacting safety requirements, they
are suitable for all kinds of safety application.
The following are available:
3SK1 Standard basic units:
simple and compact to satisfy all the essential requirements of
safety sensor monitoring systems
3SK1 Advanced basic units:
a multifunctional series with relay enabling circuits, semiconductor outputs or time-delay outputs
3SK2 basic units:
a multifunctional series with functions that are parameterized
by software. The basic units feature semiconductor outputs.
Relay outputs from the 3SK1 portfolio can also be connected
to them by means of device connectors.
Expansion units for inputs and outputs
The 3SE6806 safety relay is also available with two floating
enabling circuits (safe circuits) as NO contact circuits and one
floating signaling circuit as an NC contact circuit.
Standard range
Non-contact round, rectangular, small (25 mm x 33 mm) and
larger (25 mm x 88 mm) versions
Small, compact, safe
Simple installation when sensor and actuator are aligned,
covered mounting is also easy
Suitable for restricted spaces
Supplementary range
New design for rectangular shape
Enhanced scope of functions
Greater switching intervals and a larger horizontal or vertical
displacement
Various mounting positions possible (e.g. at 90 offset)
SIL 3 and PL e diagnostics possible because devices have
two safety contacts and one signaling contact
LED variant
Fast connection possible using plug-in variants
12/3
12
Benefits
Siemens AG 2015

Magnet
Application
SIRIUS 3SE6 magnetically operated switches are designed for
mounting on movable protective guards (e.g. hoods, hinge
switches, doors, etc.). Evaluation can be performed by means of
a safety relay or through connection to a bus system.
The 3SE66 non-contact, magnetically operated safety switches
stand out due to their enclosed design with degree of protection
IP67. Since they are coded, covered installation is not necessary. They are particularly suitable therefore for areas exposed
to contamination, cleaning or disinfecting.
A magnetic monitoring system comprises one or more magnetically operated switches and an evaluation unit, e.g. a safety relay. When contact blocks 1 NO + 1 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact) or 2 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact) are used, the 3SK safety
relay, for example, provides a high degree of protection against
manipulation and can be installed in safety circuits up to SIL 3
according to IEC 62061 and PL e according to EN ISO 13849-1.
Non-contact safety magnetically operated switches (with plug or cable)

for right-hinged door
Non-contact safety magnetically operated switches (with plug or cable)

for left-hinged door
Combination of monitoring units and magnetically operated switches
12
Monitoring units
Magnetically operated switches (contact block + switching magnet)

--
Achievable SIL
(IEC 61508,
IEC 62061)
Performance
Level
(EN ISO 13849-1)
1 NO + 1 NC
3SE6605-.BA..
2 NC
3SE6604-2BA..
1 NO + 1 NC
(+ 1 NC signaling contact)
3SE6606-3BA
1 NO + 2 NC
3SE6704-.BA
3SE6704-2BA
1 NO + 1 NC
3SE6616-3CA01
3SE6626-3CA01
2 NC; 2 NC
3SE6614-4CA01
3SE6624-4CA01
3SE6617-2CA01
3SE6627-2CA01
3SE6617-2CA04
3SE6627-2CA04
2 NC (+ 1 NC signaling
contact)
3SE6617-3CA01
3SE6627-3CA01
3SE6617-3CA04
3SE6627-3CA04
3SE6714-3CA
3SE6724-3CA
3SE6714-2CA
3SE6724-2CA
3SE6714-3CA
3SE6724-3CA
3SK1111
3SK1121, 3TK2826
SIL 3 / PL e
SIL 3 / PL e
3SK1112, 3SK1122
3SK2112, 3SK2122
3TK2845
--
ASIsafe compact safety 3RK1205, 3RK1405

modules
--
SIL 3 / PL e
SIL 3 / PL e
SIL 3 / PL e
SIL 3 / PL e
Modular Safety System

(MSS)
3RK3
SIL 3 / PL e
SIMATIC S7-1200F or
SIMATIC S7-1500F
F-DI 16 x 24 V DC
SIL 3 / PL e
SIMATIC ET 200SP
PROFIsafe
4/8 F-DI, 24 V DC
SIL 3 / PL e
SIMATIC ET 200eco
4/8 F-DI, 24 V DC
SIL 3 / PL e
SIMATIC ET 200pro
8/16 F-DI, 24 V DC,
4/8 F-DI / 4 F-DO 2 A,

24 V DC, F-Switch
SIL 3 / PL e
Relay outputs
SIRIUS safety relays
Solid-state outputs
SIRIUS safety relays
Suitable magnetically operated switch

-- Not available
12/4
3SE6606-2BA04
Siemens AG 2015

Magnet

Version
Size
Contacts
DT Article No.
M30
--
With cable, 3 m
M30
1 NO + 1 NC
With M12 plug, 4-pole
M30
1 NO + 1 NC
25 88
With cable, 3 m
Price per
PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3SE6704-1BA
1 unit
41K
3SE6605-1BA
1 unit
41K
3SE6605-1BA02
1 unit
41K
--
3SE6704-2BA
1 unit
41K
25 88
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NC
1 NO + 2 NC
A
A
C
3SE6605-2BA
3SE6604-2BA
3SE6606-2BA04
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41K
41K
41K
With cable, 10 m
25 88
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NC
A
A
3SE6605-2BA10
3SE6604-2BA10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41K
41K
With M8 plug, 4-pole
25 88
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NC
A
A
3SE6605-2BA01
3SE6604-2BA01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41K
41K
Switching magnets (coded)
25 33
--
3SE6704-3BA
1 unit
41K
25 33
1 NO + 1 NC
mm
Standard range - round sensor units

3SE6704-1BA
Contact blocks
3SE6505-1BA
Standard range - rectangular sensor units

3SE6704-2BA
Contact blocks
3SE660.-2BA
Contact blocks
With cable, 3 m
3SE660.-3BA
3SE6605-3BA
1 unit
41K
With cable, 5 m
3SE6605-3BA05
1 unit
41K
With cable, 10 m
3SE6605-3BA10
1 unit
41K
With cable, 15 m
3SE6605-3BA15
1 unit
41K
25 33
1 NO + 1 NC + 1 NC1) A
3SE6606-3BA
1 unit
41K
25 x 88
--
3SE6714-2CA
1 unit
41K
3SE6724-2CA
1 unit
41K
2 NC
3SE6614-4CA01
1 unit
41K
plug, 6-pole
2 NC + 1 NC1)
3SE6617-2CA01
1 unit
41K
With cable, 3 m
2 NC + 1 NC1)
3SE6617-2CA04
1 unit
41K
--
3SE6714-3CA
1 unit
41K
3SE6724-3CA
1 unit
41K
1 NO + 1 NC + 1 NC1) X
X
2 NC + 1 NC1)
3SE6616-3CA01
3SE6617-3CA01
1 unit
41K
1 unit
41K
2 NC + 1 NC1)
3SE6617-3CA04
1 unit
41K
With cable, 1 m
Supplementary range in new design Rectangular sensor units for left-hinged door
Same level
12
90 offset
3SE6714-2CA
Contact blocks
With M8 plug, 4-pole,
with LED
25 88
3SE6614-4CA01
Same level
26 x 36
90 offset
3SE6714-3CA
Contact blocks
plug, 6-pole
26 36
With cable, 3 m
3SE6616-3CA01
1)
The second NC is a signaling contact, not a safety contact.

12/5
Siemens AG 2015

Magnet
Version
Size
Contacts
DT Article No.
--
X
X
2 NC
plug, 6-pole
With cable, 3 m
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3SE6714-2CA
1 unit
41K
3SE6724-2CA
1 unit
41K
3SE6624-4CA01
1 unit
41K
2 NC + 1 NC1)
3SE6627-2CA01
1 unit
41K
2 NC + 1 NC1)
3SE6627-2CA04
1 unit
41K
--
3SE6714-3CA
1 unit
41K
3SE6724-3CA
1 unit
41K
1 NO + 1 NC + 1 NC1) X
2 NC + 1 NC1)
X
3SE6626-3CA01
3SE6627-3CA01
1 unit
41K
1 unit
41K
2 NC + 1 NC1)
3SE6627-3CA04
1 unit
41K
25 88
--
3SX3260
1 unit
41K
25 33
--
3SX3261
1 unit
41K
--
3SX5601-3GA05
1 unit
41K
25 88
--
3SX5600-2GA01
1 unit
41K
26 36
--
3SX5600-2GA02
1 unit
41K
mm
Supplementary range in new design Rectangular sensor units for right-hinged door
Same level
25 x 88
90 offset
3SE6714-2CA
Contact blocks
With M8 plug, 4-pole,
with LED
25 88
3SE6624-4CA01
Same level
26 x 36
90 offset
3SE6714-3CA
Contact blocks
plug, 6-pole
26 36
With cable, 3 m
3SE6626-3CA01
Accessories for standard range

Spacers
3SX3260
3SX3261
Couplings
With connecting cable, 5 m
12
With M8 socket, 4-pole
Accessories for supplementary range in new design

Spacers
3SX5600-2GA01
3SX5600-2GA02
Couplings
With connecting cable, 5 m
12/6
With M8 socket, 4-pole
--
3SX5601-3GA05
1 unit
41K
With 8 mm socket , 8 mm,

latching connection, 6-pole
--
3SX5601-4GA05
1 unit
41K

Siemens AG 2015

Magnet
Version
Rated control
voltage
NumEnabling/
ber of signaling
sensors circuits
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Monitoring units
3SK1 safety relays
Standard or Advanced basic units
With relay output
With semiconductor
output
24 V DC
24 V DC
3 NO/1 NC
3SK1111-1AB30
1 unit
41L
61)
3 NO/1 NC
3SK1121-1AB40
1 unit
41L
2 x F-DQ/1 QM A
3SK1112-1BB40
1 unit
41L
3SK1111-1AB30
3SK2 safety relays

Basic units
With semiconductor
output
24 V DC
2 x F-DQ/1 QM A
3SK2112-1AA10
1 unit
41L
4 x F-DQ/2 QM A
3SK2122-1AA10
1 unit
41L
2 NO / 1 NC
3SE6806-2CD00
1 unit
41K
3SK2112-1AA10
3SE68 safety relays

With relay output,
6-fold
24 V DC
3SE6806-2CD00
1)
Only when up to 5 3SK1220 expansion units are used,

see Chapter 11 "Safety Technology".
12
For more monitoring units, see Chapter 11

"Safety Technology", Catalog IC 10 and Catalog IK PI.

12/7
Siemens AG 2015

Magnet
12
Notes
12/8
13
Siemens AG 2015
13/2
Introduction
13/4
SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons

and indicator lights
General data
13
Note:
Conversion tool,
e.g. from 3SB3 to 3SU1, see

information.
Article-No.
3RA1943-2C
3RA1943-2B
3RA1953-2B
3RA1953-2N

www.siemens.com/
product?3RA1943-2C
Siemens AG 2015

Introduction
Overview
3SU1.0
3SU1.3
3SU1.5
3SU1.6
22 mm
Plastic
22 mm
Plastic with
metal front ring, matte
22 mm
Metal, shiny
30 mm
Metal, matte, flat
---
--
--------
--
Pushbuttons and indicator lights

Designs
Nominal diameter
Version
Actuators
Pushbuttons
Illuminated pushbuttons
Mushroom pushbuttons
EMERGENCY STOP mushroom
pushbuttons
Selector switches
Key-operated switches
Special actuators
Twin pushbuttons
Coordinate switches
Toggle switches
Sensor switches
ID key-operated switches
Pushbuttons with extended stroke
Potentiometers
Indicators
Indicator lights
Acoustic signaling devices
Contact modules
Single-pole
Two-pole
LED modules
With integrated LED
Connections
Screw terminals
Solder pins
AS-Interface
IO-Link
13
Standard
-- Not available
Note:
Safety characteristics (see Catalog News IC 10 N 02/2015,
"3SU1 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights", Appendix).
13/2
Siemens AG 2015

Introduction
3SU18
3SU18
Enclosures
Two-hand operation consoles
--
Enclosures
Plastic
Metal
Actuators
Pushbuttons
Illuminated pushbuttons
Mushroom pushbuttons
EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons
Selector switches
Key-operated switches
Indicators
Indicator lights
Acoustic signaling devices
Contact modules
Single-pole
Two-pole
Connections
Screw terminals
Plug-in connection
AS-Interface
Standard
-- Not available
Optional
AS-Interface solutions
PROFINET solutions
Pushbuttons and indicator lights of the SIRIUS ACT series can

be connected to the AS-Interface communication system
quickly and easily with the help of various solutions.
SIRIUS ACT devices will be equipped in future with a direct communication interface to PROFINET and PROFIsafe.
AS-Interface EMERGENCY-STOP according to ISO 13850

Using special modules, EMERGENCY STOP devices
according to ISO 13850 can be directly connected through
the standard AS-Interface with safety-related communication
(see Catalog News IC 10 N 02/2015 "3SU1 Pushbuttons and
Indicator Lights", Chapter 13).
RFID authentication solutions

Groups of employees or individuals can be authenticated by
means of the ID key-operated switch. Color-coded keys for easy
distinction between users and flexible in application thanks to
four function stages.
13
For AS-Interface solutions, see catalog IK PI

"Industrial Communication SIMATIC NET".
AS-Interface enclosures
Enclosures with standard fittings are listed in this catalog. The elements for equipping customized enclosures must be selected
by means of the SIRIUS ACT Configurator (see Catalog News
IC 10 N 02/2015 "3SU1 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights",
Chapter 13).
13/3
Siemens AG 2015
SIRIUS ACT Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights

General data
Overview
Standards
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1
IEC 60947-5-5, EN 60947-5-5 for EMERGENCY STOP devices
Versions
SIRIUS ACT is available in four versions:
Plastic, 22 mm, round, black
Plastic with metal front ring, 22 mm, round, matte
Metal with metal front ring, 22 mm, round, shiny
Metal with metal front ring, 30 mm, flat, round, matte
SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights
SIRIUS ACT is a modular system of pushbuttons and indicator

lights for front plate mounting and rear-mounted electrical modules. Complete units made up of an actuating or signaling element and contact modules and/or LED modules are offered for
the most frequent application cases.
One command point comprises:

An actuating or signaling element in front of the control panel
A holder for securing behind the control panel
Up to six contact modules and/or one LED module (mounted
onto the holder), single-pole contacts can be stacked
A comprehensive range of accessories for inscription/marking
Acoustic signaling devices, potentiometers with operating
mechanism, sensor switches, pushbuttons with extended
stroke, and basic indicator lights are available as compact units.
The electrical parts are integrated and only have to be wired.
On the new compact units, the electrical module is permanently

installed and is only secured by the holder.
Compact units
Complete units
3
4
IC01_00422
13
2
IC01_00423
1 Actuator
1
2 Holder
1 Actuating element with

integrated electronics
2 Holder
3 LED module
1
Design of a complete unit
13/4
4 NO contact
Design of a compact unit
Siemens AG 2015

General data
13
1
12
14
19
2
15
16
17
9
10
18
11
19
21
1 Pushbuttons
6 EMERGENCY STOP
mushroom pushbuttons
10 Twin pushbutton, label

holder, label
2 Mushroom pushbuttons
Front plate mounting

14 Contact modules
Base mounting
18 Contact modules
7 EMERGENCY STOP
backing plate
11 Coordinate switch, label

holder, label
15 LED modules
19 LED modules
16 AS-Interface modules
20 IO-Link module
3 Selector switches
4 Key-operated switch
8 Key-operated switch
with key
5 Indicator light
9 Electronic module for ID

key-operated switches
12 Label holder, label
13
20
21 AS-Interface module
13 Holder
17 Enclosures
IC01_00424
System overview of SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights
13/5
Siemens AG 2015

General data
Functionality
Configurator
Easy handling
Self-holding function of the actuator when mounting
Twist prevention integrated into patented holder design
Stackable contact modules
Rugged against environmental influences
IP69K degree of protection
Modules with explosion protection certified according to ATEX
Service life of 100 000 hours thanks to use of LEDs
Mechanical service life of 10 x 106 switching cycles
Reliable, friction-locked fixing with just one screw
A high level of communication
Direct connection of the enclosure to AS-Interface or IO-Link
Direct connection in the control cabinet to PROFINET, IO-Link
or AS-Interface
Contact modules and LED modules
The contact modules are fitted with slow-action contacts
(NO contacts or NC contacts) with double operating moving
contacts. These ensure a high switching reliability even with
small voltages and currents, such as 5 V/1 mA. They are suitable
for use in electronic systems as well as conventional controls.
The contact pieces of the NC contacts are positively driven.
Only LED modules with permanently integrated LEDs are available for illumination.
Contact modules and LED modules bear terminal designations
acc. to EN 50013
Mounting the modules
With SIRIUS ACT, the modules are mounted on the holder without any further accessories. Holders in plastic or metal versions
are available for mounting three modules. Holders for four modules are available for coordinate switches and toggle switches
with four switch positions.
Connection methods
The modules are available with:
Screw terminals
Spring-type terminals or
Solder pin connections (0.8 mm 0.8 mm solder pins)
for assembly on printed-circuit boards
More information
13
For more information, see Catalog News IC 10 N 02/2015,

"3SU1 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights" or the Industry Mall.
13/6
SIRIUS ACT Configurator
Fast, simple selection by intuitive navigation through clearlyorganized menus

Preview of selected components
Inscription of pushbuttons and labeling plates using the interactive inscription tool
Once created, a configuration can be ordered as often as required using the customer-specific article number and the CIN
(Configuration Identification Number)
Product data sheets, certificates, dimensional drawings,
list prices, inscription tool
Configurator, see: www.siemens.com/sirius-act/configurator
14
Siemens AG 2015
Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS
Price groups
PG 42B, 42J
14/2
Introduction
14/4
14/9
SIRIUS Safety ES
14

information.
Article-No.
3RA1943-2C
3RA1943-2B
3RA1953-2B
3RA1953-2N

www.siemens.com/
product?3RA1943-2C
Siemens AG 2015

Introduction
Overview
Engineering software
SIRIUS ES engineering software (E-SW)
Intuitive, efficient and future-proof the engineering programs of

the SIRIUS ES software family
The programs of the SIRIUS ES software family enable:
14
Intuitive engineering from the word go

The SIRIUS ES programs enable you to focus on your engineering task. Thanks to the intuitive layout and simple navigation, a clearly arranged configuring of device functions and
their parameters is possible online and offline. The task- and
user-oriented portal views as well as the flexible screen layout,
the uniform look and feel for all program editors and finally the
graphic network and device configuration provide support.
Efficient parameterization for quick success
Faster start up is achieved by the use of local and global libraries. The joint hardware configuration for all components in
the application also assists in the efficient parameterization
and simple networking of system components. Not least, integrated system diagnostics offers fast troubleshooting and efficient fault analysis, thus making it possible to shorten startup
times even further and to minimize production downtimes.
Future-oriented basis for innovative results
All future product developments are seamlessly integrated
into the TIA Portal. Investments made up to now are still safe
tomorrow. To harmonize engineering in all performance
classes, the SIRIUS ES programs in TIA Portal are scalable
and upwardly compatible. In the event of an upgrade, existing
projects can easily be transferred and integrated into the next
product level. Even existing SIRIUS ES projects in version 2007 can easily be migrated to the TIA Portal software
version.
The next generation of SIRIUS ES programs, such as
SIMOCODE ES V13 (TIA Portal), is based on the central
engineering framework Totally Integrated Automation Portal
(TIA Portal), which provides the user with a consistent, efficient
and intuitive solution for all automation tasks. Thus, the TIA Portal
is also the integrated working environment for the programs in
the SIRIUS software family. The same operator control concept,
the elimination of interfaces and a high degree of user-friendliness make it possible to quickly integrate SIRIUS devices into an
automation process and start them up with the TIA Portal.
Besides SIMOCODE ES Version 13, which is based on the central engineering framework Totally Integrated Automation Portal
(TIA Portal), the 2007 version of the software continues to be
available for commissioning, operation and diagnostics of
SIMOCODE pro.
14/2
The SIRIUS ES programs such as Motor Starter ES,

Soft Starter ES, SIRIUS Safety ES and SIMOCODE ES are
available in three versions which differ in their user-friendliness,
scope of functions and price:
Basic
The Basic version contains all basic functions that are needed
to parameterize devices. These include both parameterization
functions and also operator control, diagnostics and test
functions.
Standard
The Standard version contains the basic functionality plus
standard functions. The standard functions include parameterization with the aid of integrated graphic editors, creation of
typicals, parameter export, analog value recording and
parameter comparison.
Premium
The Premium versions contain the complete functionality of
the software package. Besides the standard functionality, this
includes communication functions such as access via
PROFIBUS/PROFINET and S7 routing.
Note:
The scope of functions depends on the SIRIUS ES program, for
details, see the descriptions of the individual products.
Efficient engineering and startup with graphic user interfaces and simple
network and device configuration
Siemens AG 2015

Introduction
Types of delivery and licenses
The programs of the SIRIUS ES software family are available as
follows:
Floating license the license for any one user at any one time
- Authorizes any one user
- Independent of the number of installations (unlike the single
license which is allowed to be installed once only)
- Only the actual use of the program has to be licensed
Combo license license for parallel use
- Licensed parallel use of the TIA Portal version and
SIRIUS ES Version 2007
- For all other properties such as floating license
Trial License (free use of all program functions for 14/21 days
for test and evaluation purposes, included on every product
CD/DVD, available in the download file of the SIRIUS ES
program in the Service&Support portal)
The following delivery versions are also available for the

programs of the SIRIUS ES software family:
Upgrade
Switching from an old to a new version with expanded
functions, e.g. upgrade from Motor Starter ES 2006 to
Motor Starter ES 2007
Powerpack
Special pack for switching within the same software version to
a more powerful version with more functionality, e.g.
Powerpack Motor Starter ES 2007 for switching from Standard
to Premium
Software Update Service
To keep you up to date at all times we offer a special service
which supplies you automatically with all service packs and
upgrades within the SIRIUS ES 2007/2008 and SIRIUS ES
(TIA Portal) programs
License/software download
Simply download your new software and license key from the
Internet via the Online Software Delivery (OSD) platform. After
you have placed your order in our mall, you will receive your
access data by e-mail, which will allow you to download the
license or software you have ordered.
For more information, see
www.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery.
Article number scheme for the engineering software

1st - 4th 5th 6th 7th

@@@@
SIRIUS engineering software
13th 14th 15th 16th
Software type
Package designation 1
Hardware, operating system
Data carriers
Serial number
Function status
Product category
0
@
Language
Delivery versions
License type
Example
3ZS1
3ZS1
Note:
article numbers.
Safety note:
14
System networking requires suitable protective measures

(including network segmentation for IT security) in order to
ensure safe plant operation.
More information about the subject of Industrial Security, see
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
14/3
Siemens AG 2015

Overview
Selecting the SIMOCODE pro device configuration in SIMOCODE ES

(TIA Portal)
Parameterize easily and ergonomically with the CFC-based graphics

editor of SIMOCODE ES V13
SIMOCODE ES is the central software for configuration, startup,

operation and diagnostics of SIMOCODE pro.
Online functions for startup and diagnostics

To this end, SIMOCODE ES provides powerful functions for startup and diagnostics of motor feeders. Besides a detailed display
of status information and the causes of faults, all available measurement and statistics data can be retrieved online. Access to
the fault and event memory and also to analog values recorded
on the device, e.g. current or voltage, is also possible.
Version 13, which is based on the central engineering framework

Totally Integrated Automation Portal (TIA Portal), is available in
addition to SIMOCODE ES Version 2007.
SIMOCODE ES V13 is integrated seamlessly when further
TIA Portal-based software exists such as STEP 7 or WinCC, thus
enabling users to achieve a consistent, efficient and intuitive
solution for all automation tasks.
But also users of SIMOCODE ES V13 as standalone software will
benefit from its advantages.
Three program versions
The user can choose between three different versions of
SIMOCODE ES: SIMOCODE ES Basic, SIMOCODE ES Standard
and SIMOCODE ES Premium. While SIMOCODE ES Basic is a
powerful tool for startup or maintenance personnel,
SIMOCODE ES Standard and Premium are the perfect tools for
engineers or configuration engineers on account of their larger
scope of functions and integrated graphics editor. Unlike the
Standard version, SIMOCODE ES Premium also permits parameterization and diagnostics through PROFIBUS/PROFINET.
Indication of all operating, service and diagnostics data supplies
important information about the current state of the motor and
plant at all times everywhere on PROFIBUS/PROFINET.
14
Working with libraries

Users can create copy templates for SIMOCODE pro device
configuration and can manage them in global or project
libraries.
Thus, individual modules and diagrams and also complete
device configurations can be saved as reusable elements for
frequently occurring tasks.
Integrated graphics editor
The graphics editor is a part of SIMOCODE ES Standard and
SIMOCODE ES Premium. It is based on the Continuous Function
Chart (CFC) and adds a powerful tool to the parameterizing interface that enables easy parameterization of devices by
Drag&Drop. Extremely compact documentation of all configured
parameters is possible, as is the graphic online presentation of
the configured device functions including all signal states during
operation.
14/4
Startup functions of SIMOCODE ES V13
Siemens AG 2015

Trend display of measured values
Types of delivery and license
With this online function, SIMOCODE ES Standard or Premium

can present the trend of up to five different measured values. It
is thus possible for example to record and evaluate the startup
characteristic of a motor or its behavior in different load conditions.
SIMOCODE ES V13 is available with the following licenses:

Floating license the license for any one user at any one time
- Authorizes any one user
- Independent of the number of installations (unlike the single
license which is allowed to be installed once only)
- Only the actual use of the program has to be licensed
- Trial license (free use of all program functions for 21 days for
test and evaluation purposes, included on every product
DVD, available in the download file of the SIRIUS ES
program in the Service & Support portal)
Combo license - license for parallel use
- Licensed parallel use of the TIA Portal version and
SIRIUS ES Version 2007
- For all other properties, see floating license
The following delivery versions are also available for
SIMOCODE ES V13:
Upgrade
Upgrade of an old version to a new version with expanded
functions, e.g. upgrade from SIMOCODE ES 2007 to
SIMOCODE ES V13; includes a combo license for parallel use
of SIMOCODE ES 2007 and SIMOCODE ES V13
Live trend display of SIMOCODE ES V13
Efficient engineering with three program versions

SIMOCODE ES V13
Basic
Standard Premium
Access through the local interface

on the device
Parameter assignment in list form
Parameter printing in list form
Operating
Diagnostics
Test
Service data
Analog value recording1)
Trend display of measured values
--
Parameterizing with convenient

graphical display
--
Parameterizing with the integrated

graphics editor (CFC-based)
--
Printing of diagrams
--
Parameter comparison
--
Access through
PROFIBUS/PROFINET
--
--
Teleservice through MPI
--
--
S7 routing
--
--
Powerpack
Powerpack SIMOCODE ES V13 Premium for switching from
Standard to Premium
To keep you up to date at all times we offer a special service
which supplies you automatically with all service packs and
upgrades
License/software download
www.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery
Function available
-- Function not available
1)
For SIMOCODE pro V.
Additional functions
14
SIMOCODE ES V13 offers numerous advantages of the

TIA Portal that can be used in an integrated working
environment.
Seamless integration when using other TIA Portal-based
software such as STEP 7 or WinCC.
Thus, for example, the configuration for devices and networks
for all components used is created in a standardized
environment.
Working with libraries
Users can create copy templates for device configuration and
can manage them in global libraries. In this way, frequently
used functions can be managed in a clearly structured
fashion.
14/5
Siemens AG 2015

System requirements
SIMOCODE ES V13 parameterization, startup and diagnostics software
for SIMOCODE pro
Operating system
Windows 7 32/64-bit Professional/Ultimate/Enterprise (Service Pack 1),

Windows Server 2012 R2,
Windows Server 2008 R2 (Service Pack 1)
Windows 8.1, 64-bit Professional/Enterprise
Processor
3.3 GHz (Core i5-320M)
RAM
8 GB
Monitor resolution
15.6" wide screen display (1920 x 1080)
Graphics card
32 MB RAM, 24-bit color intensity
Free space on hard disk
300 GB SSD
CD-ROM/DVD drive
DVD-ROM (only when installing from DVD)
Interface
Depends on PC cable: serial (COM) or USB
PC cable/parameterization cable/connection cable
Yes, USB
PROFIBUS interface
Optional, for parameterization and diagnostics through PROFIBUS
Ethernet interface
Optional, for parameterization and diagnostics through Ethernet/PROFINET
Benefits
14
Easy parameterization with the graphics editor based on the

Continuous Function Chart (CFC) reduces engineering work
and shortens start up times
Clear plant documentation by means of graphic presentation
Detailed information, also when there are faults, is a help for
maintenance personnel and shortens downtimes
Universally applicable through stand-alone version or seamless integration into the central engineering framework when
other TIA Portal-based software such as STEP 7 or WinCC are
available
Parameter changes are also possible during normal operation
Users can create copy templates for device configurations
and can manage them in global libraries
14/6
Siemens AG 2015


Parameterization and service software for
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Delivered without PC cable
Note:
SIMOCODE ES V12 licenses can also be used for
SIMOCODE ES V13.
Version
DT
Article No.
Combo license for parallel use of versions 2007 and

V13 of SIRIUS ES, license key on USB stick,
Class A
License key download, Class A
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3ZS1322-4CC11-0YA5
1 unit
42J
3ZS1322-4CE11-0YB5
1 unit
42J
Combo license for parallel use of versions 2007 and

V13 of SIRIUS ES, license key on USB stick, Class A
3ZS1322-5CC11-0YA5
1 unit
42J
3ZS1322-5CE11-0YB5
1 unit
42J
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2007
3ZS1322-5CC11-0YE5
1 unit
42J
3ZS1322-5CC11-0YD5
1 unit
42J
3ZS1322-5CC11-0YL5
1 unit
42J
SIMOCODE ES V13 Basic

Floating License for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
for all SIMOCODE pro,
online functions through system interface)
3ZS1322-4CC11-0YA5
SIMOCODE ES V13 Standard

Spanish/Chinese),
online functions through system interface,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
3ZS1322-5CC11-0YA5
Floating license for one user,

engineering software,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
Spanish/Chinese),
combo license for parallel use of versions 2007 and V13 of
SIRIUS ES,
(CFC-based)
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES V13 Basic
Spanish/Chinese),
(CFC-based)
14
For 1 year with automatic extension,

assuming software version of SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) is
in use,
(CFC-based)
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 14/8.
For description of the software versions, see page 14/5.

14/7
Siemens AG 2015

Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
SIMOCODE ES V13 Premium

Spanish/Chinese),
online functions through system interface and
PROFIBUS/PROFINET,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)
3ZS1322-6CC11-0YA5
Combo license for parallel use of versions 2007 and V13 of }

SIRIUS ES, license key on USB stick, Class A
3ZS1322-6CC11-0YA5
1 unit
42J
3ZS1322-6CE11-0YB5
1 unit
42J
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2007
3ZS1322-6CC11-0YE5
1 unit
42J
3ZS1322-6CC11-0YD5
1 unit
42J
3ZS1322-6CC11-0YL5
1 unit
42J
3ZS1322-6CE11-0YG8
1 unit
42J

Spanish/Chinese),
combo license for parallel use of versions 2007 and V13 of
SIRIUS ES,
PROFIBUS/PROFINET,
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES V13 Standard
Spanish/Chinese),
PROFIBUS/PROFINET,
For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming software version of SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) is
in use,
PROFIBUS/PROFINET,
SIMOCODE ES V13 software download

Trial license, Class A
Spanish/Chinese),
PROFIBUS/PROFINET,
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see Accessories.
Accessories
DT
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
USB PC cables
3UF7941-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7946-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
14
Version
Price
per PU
Optional accessories
for communication with SIMOCODE ES through the system
interface
3UF7941-0AA00-0
USB-to-serial adapters
For connecting an RS 232 PC cable to the USB interface of
a PC, recommended for use in conjunction with
SIMOCODE ES
14/8

Siemens AG 2015

SIRIUS Safety ES
Overview
SIRIUS Safety ES is the engineering software for the configuration, startup and diagnostics of the 3RK3 Modular Safety System
and 3SK2 safety relays. The software combines the configuring
of the hardware, the parameterization of the safety functions,
and the testing and diagnostics of the safety system.
Hardware configuration
The equipment configuration of the 3RK3 or 3SK2 systems is
defined in the configuration dialog.
The available modules are simply selected from the clearly
organized hardware catalog and placed in the work space.
Depending on the device system used (3RK3 or 3SK2), only the
permissible devices for the relevant system are visible in the
hardware catalog. For greater clarity, the configuration is
represented in graphical form.
Furthermore, the data volume on the AS-i bus for 3RK3 devices
is either calculated online or configured manually from the
AS-i library.
An equipment identifier can be optionally assigned to each
module. This identifier is then also displayed in the logic diagram
in order to identify inputs and outputs.
The safety logic can be divided into several diagrams in order to

enable structured processing of the entire plant. The user can
freely position the functions on a quasi infinitely large drawing
board, whereby the connecting lines are drawn automatically. If
there is not enough space, more pages are automatically added
to the diagram in horizontal or vertical direction. Connecting
lines extending over several pages are automatically issued with
cross-references during print-out. If required in the interest of
clarity, the user can divide a connecting line manually into two
segments, whereby the mutual reference is marked by reference
arrows. For further documentation, freely compilable comment
texts can be placed at any point in the diagram. Every point in
the logic diagram can be processed with ease by dragging and
zooming.
Every project can be saved as a file and be password-protected
from unauthorized access.
Processing the safety functions in the graphics editor
Graphic parameterizing of the safety logic by Drag & Drop

The functionality of the safety logic is laid down with a graphics
editor designed for intuitive operation. Safe monitoring functions
(EMERGENCY-STOP, non-contact protective devices/light
arrays, protective doors, etc.), output functions and logic functions (AND/OR operations, counting function, time functions,
etc.), non-safety-related input/output functions, device status
functions and control functions can be dragged from the extensive functions catalog into the work space by Drag&Drop.
Depending on the version, each function has several input and
output connecting points through which the functions can be
interconnected by simple mouse clicks. Double-clicking on a
function symbol opens the related features dialog window in
which all the parameters can be displayed and configured:
Scope of the function's inputs and outputs, configuring the
channel type (single-/two-channel, NC contact/NO contact),
activating cross-circuit detection, defining start options, assigning the hardware inputs and outputs, etc. Of course each function can be issued with an individual name so that e.g. the
position of a safety switch in the plant can be documented.
AS-Interface
Evaluation of the AS-i slaves connected to the AS-i bus is also
parameterized using the tried and tested method described
above.
In order to be able to use the AS-i functionalities,
a 3RK3 Advanced or 3RK3 ASIsafe (basic/extended)
central unit must be used.
14
Definition of the hardware layout
14/9
Siemens AG 2015

SIRIUS Safety ES
User prompting during start up and maintenance
To start up the relevant safety system, the created project file is
uploaded to the device. There are two ways of doing this:
Connect the serial (COM) or USB interface of the PC to the
device using an appropriate connection cable.
Use the DP interface to download the parameterization
through any PROFIBUS node.
Access to the device can be password-protected.
After the project is loaded, the user switches the device by
means of the software from configuring mode to test mode in
which the safety functions can be tested.
Activating the diagnostics shows the status of the individual
functions in the graphic logic diagram by means of different
colors and symbols. In addition, more detailed information about
each function element can be displayed in the logic diagram.
For the purpose of testing the logic diagram, it is also possible
to manually overwrite the signal state of each function element
("forcing").
If the test is completed successfully, the user releases the
configuration and switches the device to safety mode, in which
case "forcing" is automatically deactivated.
Service personnel can activate the graphic diagnostics in safety
mode as well. The I&M (Identification & Maintenance) data
saved in the device facilitate maintenance.
Efficient engineering with three program versions
SIRIUS Safety ES
Basic
Standard Premium
Access through the local interface

on the device
Parameterization
Operating
Diagnostics
Test
Integrated graphics editor
Importing/exporting parameters
--
Comparison functions
--
Comfort functions
--
Terminal designator
--
Work on sub-diagrams
--
Standard-compliant printout
according to EN ISO 7200
Downloading parameterization
through PROFIBUS
--
--
Online diagnostics using

PROFIBUS
--
--
Creating, importing and exporting

macros
--
--
Function available
14
-- Function not available
14/10
Additional functions
The program interface language can be switched during use
between German, English and French
A context-sensitive help function provides useful assistance
with questions concerning the use of the program
A consistency check informs clearly about function assignment errors. Checks are carried out automatically when a
project is saved and during the configuration test, but they
can also be initiated manually
Lists of symbols and cross-references can be output for
effective processing of the project file
Standard-compliant printouts
The programs of the SIRIUS ES software family make machine
documentation far easier. They enable parameterization
printouts according to EN ISO 7200. The elements to be
printed are easy to select and group as required.
Types of delivery and licenses
SIRIUS Safety ES is available with the following licenses:
Floating license
- Package contains the software on CD and a floating license
on a USB stick
- The software can be installed on any number of PCs
- The floating license enables the software to be used by
1 user; after use, it can be transferred from the one PC to
another
- The CD also contains a trial license for test and evaluation
purposes (free use of all program functions on any PC for a
period of 14 days).
The following delivery versions are additionally available for
SIRIUS Safety ES:
Powerpack
Powerpack SIRIUS Safety ES for switching from Basic to
Standard and from Standard to Premium.
License download
www.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery.
The software can be downloaded free of charge from the
Internet (without floating license), see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/21192/dl.
The download file also contains a trial license for test and
evaluation purposes that allows free use of all program functions
for a period of 14 days. A floating license is needed to use the
software after the 14 days.
Siemens AG 2015

SIRIUS Safety ES
System requirements
SIRIUS Safety ES parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software
Operating system
Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 2 or 3),

Windows 7 32/64 bit Professional/Ultimate/Enterprise (Service Pack 1)
Processor
Pentium 800 MHz/ 1 GHz (Windows 7)
RAM
512 MB (Windows XP Professional)/ 1 GB (Windows 7 32-bit)/

2 GB (Windows 7 64-bit)
Monitor resolution
1024 x 768
Free space on hard disk
280 MB
CD-ROM/DVD drive
Yes (only when installing from CD)
Interface
USB
PC cables for PC/PG communication
Yes
Benefits
14
Convenient parameterization, operation, monitoring and

testing by means of a user-friendly and clear-cut user interface
Reliable diagnostic tool
All functions, such as safety and logic functions, are available
as modules, and are easy to link to one another.
Automatic creation of comprehensive documentation of safety
functions
14/11
Siemens AG 2015

SIRIUS Safety ES

SIRIUS Safety ES parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software
Delivered without PC cable
Version
DT
Article No.
A
}
License key on USB stick, Class A

Powerpack for SIRIUS Safety ES Basic to Standard
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3ZS1316-4CC10-0YA5
3ZS1316-4CE10-0YB5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42B
42B
B
}
3ZS1316-5CC10-0YA5
3ZS1316-5CE10-0YB5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42B
42B
3ZS1316-5CC10-0YD5
1 unit
42B

B
}
3ZS1316-6CC10-0YA5
3ZS1316-6CE10-0YB5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42B
42B
Powerpack for SIRIUS Safety ES Standard to Premium
3ZS1316-6CC10-0YD5
1 unit
42B
SIRIUS Safety ES Basic

Engineering software in limited-function version
for diagnostics purposes,
software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through the system interface
3ZS1316-4CC10-0YA5
SIRIUS Safety ES Standard

communication through system interface
3ZS1316-5CC10-0YA5

communication through the system interface
SIRIUS Safety ES Premium

communication through PROFIBUS or the system interface,
online diagnostics via PROFIBUS,
creating, importing and exporting macros
3ZS1316-6CC10-0YA5
Floating license for one user, engineering software,

communication through PROFIBUS or the system interface,
online diagnostics via PROFIBUS,
creating, importing and exporting macros
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see Accessories.
14
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
USB PC cables
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3UF7941-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
3UF7946-0AA00-0
1 unit
42J
Optional accessories
3UF7941-0AA00-0

for communication with 3RK3 and 3SK2 through the system
interface, recommended for use in connection with 3RK3
and 3SK2
USB/serial adapters
For connecting an RS 232 PC cable to the
USB interface of a PC
More information
SIRIUS Safety ES Programming and Operating Manual, see
14/12

16
Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Subject index
16/4
Article number index
16/7
Conditions of sale and delivery
16
16/2
Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Subject index
A
Accessories for motor control center
for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/18
Connection cables
for 3SK2 safety relays ............................ 11/20
for SIMOCODE pro ................................ 10/17

for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/18
Connection modules for contactors

with screw terminals
for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/40
Addressing plugs
for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/17
Contact blocks
for magnetically operated switches 12/5, 12/6
Assembly kits
for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/44
Coupling relays, SIRIUS 3RQ3

Accessories ............................................. 5/10
Slim design ................................... 5/3 ... 5/10
ATEX
SIMOCODE pro ........................................10/2
Auxiliary switch blocks
Customer assembly
of fused load feeders ................................. 8/4
of fuseless load feeders.............................. 8/4
Auxiliary switches
G
for SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays ............. 5/10
for SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters ...... 10/26
I
Interface covers
for SIMOCODE pro ................................. 10/17
IO-Link ............................................... 2/2 ... 2/12
Communication overview ........................... 2/3
Software ..................................................... 2/8
Specification .............................................. 2/9
System components ........................ 2/3 ... 2/8
B
Bus cable for backplane bus
(Ethernet connection) .................................... 2/11
Bus connection terminals
for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/18
for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/19
Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems
Device connectors
Device terminating connectors

Labeling strips
for SIMOCODE pro ................................. 10/18
Diagnostics modules
Link modules
for 3RA2 load feeders .................... 8/42, 8/43
Direct-on-line starters
3RA21 load feeders .................... 8/19
Load feeders, 3RA2............................. 8/3 ... 8/46
Labeling plates
for CM 4xIO-Link communication module 2/12
... 8/28
Door adapters
for SIMOCODE pro ................................ 10/18
M
M8 plug for Ethernet connection .................. 2/11
C
M8 power plug ............................................. 2/11
Clip-on labels
for SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters .......10/26
CM 4xIO-Link
communication module .................... 2/10
... 2/12
... 12/7
Magnetically operated switches ...... 12/1
Enclosures
for pushbuttons and indicator lights ........ 13/3
Memory modules
for SIMOCODE pro ................................. 10/17
CM 4xIO-Link master module

for ET 200AL ................................................. 2/11
Engineering software
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) ........ 14/4 ... 14/8
SIRIUS Safety ES ...................... 14/9 ... 14/12
Monitoring units
for magnetically operated switches ......... 12/7
Coding pins
for 3SK safety relays ..............................11/21
Ethernet connection
(FastConnect stripping tool) ........................ 2/12
Motor management and control devices

SIMOCODE pro ......................... 10/3 ... 10/19
Explosion protection (ATEX)

SIMOCODE pro ....................................... 10/2
Motor starters
for use in the control cabinet ......... 8/2
Commanding and signaling devices ............13/2

IO-Link ........................................................2/3
Components for IO-Link .................................2/8
Connecting combs
16
Connecting wedges
16/2
F
FastConnect stripping tool
(Ethernet connection) ................................... 2/11
... 8/46
Mounting rail
O
(not plug-in) .................................................... 5/9
Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Subject index
P
PC cables and adapters
for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/17
Position switches ............................. 12/1
... 12/7
Power cable, M8 ............................................ 2/11

Pushbuttons and indicator lights,
SIRIUS ACT ...................................... 13/4
... 13/6
Push-in lugs
for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/18
R
Relay couplers (not plug-in) ...........................5/7
Side modules for standard

mounting rail adapters
Signal converters,
SIRIUS 3RS70 .............................. 10/20 ... 10/27
Single-range converters, passive .......... 10/25
Switchable multi-range converters,
active ..................................................... 10/25
Switchable multi-range converters,
active with manual/automatic switch ..... 10/25
Switchable universal converters, active 10/25
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) ............. 14/4
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7

Accessories ............................ 10/17 ... 10/19
Basic units .................................. 10/12, 10/13
Expansion modules .................... 10/14, 10/15
Fail-safe expansion modules ................. 10/16
Operator panels ..................................... 10/13
SIRIUS ACT
pushbuttons and indicator lights...... 13/4
... 8/38
S
Safety main current connectors
Safety relays, SIRIUS 3SK .............. 11/3
... 11/22
Safety relays, 3SK

3SK1 Advanced basic units ...................11/14
3SK1 Standard basic units .....................11/13
3SK2 basic units ....................................11/15
Accessories ............................. 11/19 ... 11/21
Input expansions ....................................11/18
Output expansions .................................11/16
Safety switches ................................ 12/1 ... 12/7
Magnetically operated switches ..............12/6
Screwdrivers
Sealable covers
SIRIUS Safety ES .......................... 14/9
Terminal covers
for SIMOCODE pro ................................. 10/19
Terminals
for 3SK safety relays .............................. 11/20
Tools for spring-type terminals
for coupling relays .................................... 5/10
for safety relays ...................................... 11/21
for signal converters .............................. 10/26
... 14/8
Relay couplers with plug-in design ................5/8

Reversing starters
3RA22 load feeders .................... 8/29
... 13/6
... 14/12
U
Undervoltage releases
Unit labeling plates
for 3SK safety relays .............................. 11/21
USB PC cables
for SIMOCODE ......................................... 14/8
Software
for 3SK2 .................................... 14/9 ... 14/12
for IO-Link .................................................. 2/8
for SIMOCODE pro ..................... 14/4 ... 14/8
for SIRIUS ................................. 14/1 ... 14/12
USB/serial adapters
for 3SK2 safety relays ................ 11/20, 14/12
for SIMOCODE ......................................... 14/8
Spacers
Specification
IO-Link ....................................................... 2/9
Wiring kits
Standard mounting rail adapters

Stripping tool
for bus cables .......................................... 2/11
Surge suppressors without LED
for contactors
Switching magnets .............................. 12/5, 12/6
System components
IO-Link ............................................ 2/3
... 2/8
16
Shunt releases
16/3
Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Article No.
Page
16
3R
Article No.
Page
3RA2110-1EA
8/19, 8/22
3RA190
8/44
3RA2110-1ED
8/25, 8/27
3RA192
8/42
3RA2110-1EE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-0BA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-1EH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-0BD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-1FA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-0BE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-1FD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-0BH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-1FE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-0CA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-1FH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-0CD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-1GA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-0CE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-1GD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-0CH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-1GE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-0DA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-1GH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-0DD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-1HA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-0DE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-1HD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-0DH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-1HE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-0EA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-1HH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-0ED
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-1JA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-0EE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-1JD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-0EH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-1JE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-0FA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-1JH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-0FD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-1KA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-0FE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-1KD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-0FH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-1KE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-0GA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-1KH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-0GD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-4AA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-0GE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-4AD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-0GH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-4AE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-0HA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-4AH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-0HD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2120-1FA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-0HE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2120-1FD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-0HH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2120-1FE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-0JA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2120-1FH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-0JD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2120-1GA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-0JE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2120-1GD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-0JH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2120-1GE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-0KA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2120-1GH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-0KD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2120-1HA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-0KE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2120-1HD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-0KH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2120-1HE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-1AA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2120-1HH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-1AD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2120-1JA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-1AE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2120-1JD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-1AH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2120-1JE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-1BA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2120-1JH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-1BD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2120-1KA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-1BE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2120-1KD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-1BH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2120-1KE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-1CA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2120-1KH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-1CD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2120-4AA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-1CE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2120-4AD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-1CH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2120-4AE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2110-1DA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2120-4AH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2110-1DD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2120-4BA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2110-1DE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2120-4BD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2110-1DH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2120-4BE
8/21, 8/24
16/4
Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Article No.
Page
Article No.
Page
3RA2120-4BH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2210-1AA
8/29, 8/32
3RA2120-4CA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2210-1AD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2120-4CD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2210-1AE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2120-4CE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2210-1AH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2120-4CH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2210-1BA
8/29, 8/32
3RA2120-4DA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2210-1BD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2120-4DD
8/25, 8/27
3RA2210-1BE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2120-4DE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2210-1BH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2120-4DH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2210-1CA
8/29, 8/32
3RA2120-4EA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2210-1CD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2120-4ED
8/25, 8/27
3RA2210-1CE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2120-4EE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2210-1CH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2120-4EH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2210-1DA
8/29, 8/32
3RA2120-4NA
8/19, 8/22
3RA2210-1DD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2120-4ND
8/25, 8/27
3RA2210-1DE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2120-4NE
8/21, 8/24
3RA2210-1DH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2120-4NH
8/26, 8/28
3RA2210-1EA
8/29, 8/32
3RA213
8/20, 8/23
3RA2210-1ED
8/34, 8/37
3RA215
8/19, 8/22
3RA2210-1EE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-0BA
8/29, 8/32
3RA2210-1EH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-0BD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2210-1FA
8/30, 8/32
3RA2210-0BE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-1FD
8/35, 8/37
3RA2210-0BH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-1FE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-0CA
8/29, 8/32
3RA2210-1FH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-0CD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2210-1GA
8/30, 8/32
3RA2210-0CE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-1GD
8/35, 8/37
3RA2210-0CH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-1GE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-0DA
8/29, 8/32
3RA2210-1GH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-0DD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2210-1HA
8/30, 8/32
3RA2210-0DE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-1HD
8/35, 8/37
3RA2210-0DH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-1HE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-0EA
8/29, 8/32
3RA2210-1HH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-0ED
8/34, 8/37
3RA2210-1JA
8/30, 8/32
3RA2210-0EE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-1JD
8/35, 8/37
3RA2210-0EH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-1JE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-0FA
8/29, 8/32
3RA2210-1JH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-0FD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2210-1KA
8/30, 8/32
3RA2210-0FE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-1KD
8/35, 8/37
3RA2210-0FH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-1KE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-0GA
8/29, 8/32
3RA2210-1KH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-0GD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2210-4AA
8/30, 8/32
3RA2210-0GE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-4AD
8/35, 8/37
3RA2210-0GH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-4AE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-0HA
8/29, 8/32
3RA2210-4AH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-0HD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2220-1FB
8/29, 8/32
3RA2210-0HE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2220-1FD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2210-0HH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2220-1FF
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-0JA
8/29, 8/32
3RA2220-1FH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-0JD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2220-1GB
8/29, 8/32
3RA2210-0JE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2220-1GD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2210-0JH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2220-1GF
8/31, 8/33
3RA2210-0KA
8/29, 8/32
3RA2220-1GH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2210-0KD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2220-1HB
8/29, 8/32
3RA2210-0KE
8/31, 8/33
3RA2220-1HD
8/34, 8/37
3RA2210-0KH
8/36, 8/38
3RA2220-1HF
8/31, 8/33
16
16/5
Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Article No.
Page
Article No.
Page
3RA2220-1HH
8/36, 8/38
3RT1
8/40, 10/19
3RA2220-1JB
8/29, 8/32
3RT2
8/41, 8/46, 11/21
3RA2220-1JD
8/34, 8/37
3RV290
8/39
3RA2220-1JF
8/31, 8/33
3RV292
8/44, 10/18
3RA2220-1JH
8/36, 8/38
3S
3RA2220-1KB
8/29, 8/32
3SE66
12/5, 12/6
3RA2220-1KD
8/34, 8/37
3SE67
12/5, 12/6
3RA2220-1KF
8/31, 8/33
3SE68
12/7
3RA2220-1KH
8/36, 8/38
3SK111
11/13, 12/7
3RA2220-4AB
8/29, 8/32
3SK112
11/14, 12/7
8/34, 8/37
3SK12
11/17, 11/18
8/31, 8/33
3SK2
11/15, 12/7
8/36, 8/38
3SX
12/6
3RA2220-4BB
8/29, 8/32
3T
3RA2220-4BD
8/34, 8/37
3TX
3RA2220-4BF
8/31, 8/33
3U
3RA2220-4BH
8/36, 8/38
3UF1
10/19
3RA2220-4CB
8/29, 8/32
3UF70
10/12
3RA2220-4CD
8/34, 8/37
3UF7100
10/13
3RA2220-4CF
8/31, 8/33
3UF7101
10/13
8/36, 8/38
3UF7102
10/13
8/29, 8/32
3UF7103-1A
10/13
8/34, 8/37
3UF7103-1B
10/13
8/31, 8/33
3UF7104
10/13
8/36, 8/38
3UF7110
10/13
8/29, 8/32
3UF7111
10/13
8/34, 8/37
3UF7112
10/13
8/31, 8/33
3UF7113-1A
10/13
8/36, 8/38
3UF7113-1B
10/13
8/29, 8/32
3UF7114
10/13
8/34, 8/37
3UF715
10/13
8/31, 8/33
3UF72
10/13
8/36, 8/38
3UF73
10/14, 10/16
3RA290
5/10, 8/46, 11/21
3UF74
10/14
3RA2911-1
8/46
3UF75
10/14
3RA2911-2
8/42, 8/43
3UF76
10/15
3RA2913-1
8/46
3UF77
10/14
3RA2913-2A
8/43
3UF79
10/17, 10/18, 11/20, 11/21, 14/8, 14/12
3RA2913-2B
8/43
3Z
3RA2916
8/43
3RA2220-4AD
3RA2220-4AF
3RA2220-4AH
3RA2220-4CH
3RA2220-4DB
3RA2220-4DD
3RA2220-4DF
3RA2220-4DH
3RA2220-4EB
3RA2220-4ED
3RA2220-4EF
3RA2220-4EH
3RA2220-4NB
3RA2220-4ND
3RA2220-4NF
3RA2220-4NH
16
3RA2921
8/42, 8/43
3RA2922
8/44
3RA2923
8/43 , 8/44, 8/46
3RA2926
8/43
3RA2931
8/42, 8/43
3RA2932
8/44
3RA2933
8/43, 8/44, 8/46
3RA2936
8/43
3RA6
10/17
3RH
8/40
3RK
2/2, 11/21
3RP
10/18
3RQ30
5/7, 5/9
3RQ31
5/8
3RS
10/25
16/6
5/10, 10/26
3ZS
14/7, 14/8, 14/12
3ZY
10/18, 11/20, 11/21
6E
6ES
2/11, 2/12
8U
8US121
8/45
8US125
8/45
8US126
8/45
8US1998-1A
8/46
8US1998-1B
8/45
8US1998-1C
8/45
8US1998-1D
8/45
8US1998-2
8/45
8US1998-7
8/44
Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software

products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the
following Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter
referred to as "T&C"). Please note that the scope, the quality and
the conditions for supplies and services, including software
products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office
outside Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General
Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The
following T&C apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Germany.
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the
following applies subordinate to the T&C:
the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,
for software products, the "General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or Registered Office in Germany"1) and,
for other supplies and services, the "General Conditions for
the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and
Electronics Industry"1).
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany,
the following applies subordinate to the T&C:
the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,
for software products, the "General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1) and
for other supplies and/or services, the "General Conditions for
Supplies of Siemens Industry for Customers with a Seat or
Registered Office outside of Germany"1).
2. Prices
The prices are in (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of
packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It
shall be charged separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable statutory legal regulations.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charget
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g.
silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym),
surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called
metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A
surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a
supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of
the raw material in question is exceeded.
The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price
(for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges
on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of
calculation.
An exact explanation of the metal factor can be downloaded at:
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium
and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which
the order was received or the release order was effected is used.
To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and
neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic
average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was
received or the release order was effected is used with a onemonth buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the
explanation of the metal factor).
3. Additional Terms and Conditions

The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the
German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches
apply only to devices for export.
Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this
catalog - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights
given - these are subject to change without prior notice.
4. Export regulations
We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such
fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of
national or international foreign trade or customs requirements
or any embargoes and/or other sanctions.
Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to licensing
requirements. We will indicate in the delivery details whether
licenses are required under German, European and US export
lists. Goods labeled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to
European or German export authorization when being exported
out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are
subject to US re-export authorization.
The export indications can be viewed in advance in the
description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our
online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN"
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices
are authoritative.
Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authorization may be required i .a. due to the final disposition and
intended use of goods.
If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or
technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless
of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services
(including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a
third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable
national and international (re-)export control regulations.
If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks,
you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to the particular end customer, final disposition and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively
works and services provided by us, as well as to any export
control restrictions existing in this relation.
The products listed in this catalog may be subject to
European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export
requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the
relevant authorities.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
1)
The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be

downloaded at
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
16
1. General Provisions
16/7
Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
16
Notes
16/8
Siemens AG 2015
Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive Catalog on DVD
Products for Automation and Drives
Building Control
GAMMA Building Control
Drive Systems
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150
Medium-Voltage Converters
SINAMICS PERFECT HARMONY GH180
Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives
Germany Edition
SINAMICS G180
Converters Compact Units, Cabinet Systems,
Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and
Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS DCM DC Converter, Control Module
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives and
SIMOTICS Motors
SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet
pump, fan, compressor converters
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV,
SIMOTICS TN
Series H-compact
Series H-compact PLUS
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV,
Series H-compact
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet
Technology, HT-direct
DC Motors
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis
Converters
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters
Digital: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital
Converter Cabinet Units
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems
SIEMOSYN Motors
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO
Catalog
CA 01
ET G1
D 11
D 12
D 15.1
D 18.1
D 21.3
D 23.1
D 23.2
D 31
D 35
D 84.1
D 86.1
DA 12
DA 21.1
DA 21.2
DA 22
DA 45
DA 48
DA 51.2
DA 51.3
DA 65.4
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors
SIMOTICS FD Flexible Duty Motors
LOHER Low-Voltage Motors
MOTOX Geared Motors
SIMOGEAR Geared Motors
SIMOGEAR Gearboxes with adapter
D 81.1
D 81.8
D 83.1
D 87.1
MD 50.1
MD 50.11
Mechanical Driving Machines

FLENDER Standard Couplings
FLENDER High Performance Couplings
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear units
FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units
MD 10.1
MD 10.2
MD 30.1
MD 31.1
Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF.
Catalog
SENTRON SIVACON ALPHA

Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
Standards-Compliant Components for
Photovoltaic Plants
Electrical Components for the Railway Industry
Digital: TV-certified Power Monitoring System
Components for Industrial Control Panels according
to UL Standards
3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A
3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A
Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting
and System Air-Conditioning
Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks
SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards
SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems
Digital: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets
LV 10
Motion Control
SINUMERIK 840D sl Type 1B
Equipment for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK 808
SINUMERIK 828
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS
Equipment for Production Machines
Drive and Control Components for Cranes
LV 11
LV 12
LV 14
LV 16
LV 35
LV 36
LV 50
LV 51
LV 52
LV 56
LV 70
ET D1
NC 62
NC 81.1
NC 82
PM 21
CR 1
D 86.2
Note: Additional catalogs on the SINAMICS drive

system and SIMOTICS motors with SINUMERIK and
SIMOTION can be found under Motion Control
Process Instrumentation and Analytics

Field Instruments for Process Automation
Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software
Products for Weighing Technology
Digital: Process Analytical Instruments
Digital: Process Analytics,
Components for the System Integration
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and

Electrical Installation Technology
FI 01
MP 31
WT 10
PA 01
PA 11
Power Supply
SITOP Power supply
KT 10.1
Safety Integrated
Safety Technology for Factory Automation
SI 10
SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation

Human Machine Interface Systems/
PC-based Automation
ST 80/
ST PC
SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identification Systems
ID 10
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems

Products for Totally Integrated Automation
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
System components
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
Technology components
Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
ST 70
ST PCS 7
ST PCS 7 T
ST PCS 7 AO
SIMATIC NET
IK PI
SIRIUS Industrial Controls

SIRIUS Industrial Controls
IC 10
Information and Download Center

Digital versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
www.automation.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter
There youll find additional catalogs in other languages.
Siemens AG 2015
Security information
Siemens provides products and solutions with
industrial security functions that support the
secure operation of plants, solutions, machines,
equipment and/or networks. They are important
components in a holistic industrial security
concept. With this in mind, Siemens products
and solutions undergo continuous development.
Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly
check for product updates.
For the secure operation of Siemens products
and solutions, it is necessary to take suitable
preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept)
and integrate each component into a holistic,
state-of-the-art industrial security concept. Thirdparty products that may be in use should also be
considered. For more information about industrial
security, visit
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
To stay informed about product updates as they
occur, sign up for a product-specific newsletter.
For more information, visit
http://support.automation.siemens.com.
Get more information

Control Products:
www.siemens.com/sirius
Siemens AG
Digital Factory
Control Products
Postfach 23 55
90713 FRTH
GERMANY
www.siemens.com/automation
Subject to change without prior notice

PDF (E86060-K1010-A151-A5-7600)
ST.PV.T.0040.S.00.57.40
KG 0415 154 En
Produced in Germany
Siemens AG 2015
The information provided in this catalog contains merely general

descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual
use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result
of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the
respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms
of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to
change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names
of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties
for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.

Sirius Ic10n News 2015

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sirius Ic10n News 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Siemens AG 2015

Products for Automation and Drives

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and

Only available in German

All product designations may be registered trademarks or

Expert technical assistance

Further information about industrial controls:

Catalog News IC 10 N 04/2015

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of this

Load Feeders and Motor Starters

Motor Starters for Use in the Field,

Monitoring and Control Devices

Position and Safety Switches

Commanding and Signaling Devices

Parametrization, Configuration and

Products for Specific Requirements

Please contact your local Siemens branch.

The products and systems described in

CM 4xIO-Link communication module

SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design

SIRIUS 3RA2 load feeders

Article No.: 6ES7147-5JD00-0BA0

Article No.: 3RQ30, 3RQ31

Article No.: 3RA2130, 3RA2150

3UF7 motor management system

SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters

SIRIUS 3SK safety relays

Article No.: 3UF7012-1A.00-0

Article No.: 3RS70

Article No.: 3SK2112, 3SK2122

SIRIUS 3SE66, 3SE67 non-contact safety

SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights

SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) V13

Article No.: 3SE66, 3SE67

Article No.: 3SU1

Article No.: 3ZS1322

Click on the Article No. in the

Or directly in the Internet, e. g.

Dynamic changing of sensor/actuator parameters directly by the PLC

Parameter and diagnostics data are transmitted in addition to

IO-Link is an open communication standard for sensors and

IO-Link can be used in the following main applications:

Installation and commissioning

In these cases, all the diagnostics data are transmitted to the

Operation and maintenance

Integration of the device configuration in the STEP 7 environment

IO-Link product family

To implement communication, a system installation has the

One IO-Link master

Engineering and visualization

Switching cabinet installation

Example of a configuration with the system components

ET 200SP (ET 200S)

IO-Link guarantees compatibility between IO-Link-capable

Another advantage of IO-Link technology is that analog signals

Load feeders and motor starters

A starter combination, for example, consists of one or more

Through IO-Link it is possible to control not only sensors but also

Direct-on-line starters can, therefore, as shown in the diagram,

It is also possible to directly address a drive on-site via IO-Link

ET 200S/ET 200SP with

3RB24 overload relays with IO-Link are basically designed to

Enhanced through IO-Link input modules

Possibilities for connecting load feeders and motor starters to IO-Link or